WO2014010422A1 - Tracked running gear device and harvester - Google Patents

Tracked running gear device and harvester Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014010422A1
WO2014010422A1 PCT/JP2013/067519 JP2013067519W WO2014010422A1 WO 2014010422 A1 WO2014010422 A1 WO 2014010422A1 JP 2013067519 W JP2013067519 W JP 2013067519W WO 2014010422 A1 WO2014010422 A1 WO 2014010422A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
conveyance
end side
sheave
case
harvester according
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2013/067519
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
三井孝文
中島伸六
福岡義剛
松下博昭
仲島鉄弥
古木大樹
成田靖
岡田幹夫
吉田有作
相田宙
林茂幸
有本敬
森脇崇文
一二三慶城
寺園遥香
大谷大樹
Original Assignee
株式会社クボタ
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2012154770A external-priority patent/JP5937444B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2012174316A external-priority patent/JP2014030408A/en
Priority claimed from JP2012283346A external-priority patent/JP5901511B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2013016049A external-priority patent/JP2014144759A/en
Application filed by 株式会社クボタ filed Critical 株式会社クボタ
Priority to CN202010966601.3A priority Critical patent/CN112136512B/en
Priority to CN201380036774.3A priority patent/CN104411155B/en
Publication of WO2014010422A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014010422A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01DHARVESTING; MOWING
    • A01D41/00Combines, i.e. harvesters or mowers combined with threshing devices
    • A01D41/02Self-propelled combines
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01FPROCESSING OF HARVESTED PRODUCE; HAY OR STRAW PRESSES; DEVICES FOR STORING AGRICULTURAL OR HORTICULTURAL PRODUCE
    • A01F12/00Parts or details of threshing apparatus
    • A01F12/10Feeders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01DHARVESTING; MOWING
    • A01D67/00Undercarriages or frames specially adapted for harvesters or mowers; Mechanisms for adjusting the frame; Platforms
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01FPROCESSING OF HARVESTED PRODUCE; HAY OR STRAW PRESSES; DEVICES FOR STORING AGRICULTURAL OR HORTICULTURAL PRODUCE
    • A01F12/00Parts or details of threshing apparatus
    • A01F12/44Grain cleaners; Grain separators
    • A01F12/444Fanning means
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01FPROCESSING OF HARVESTED PRODUCE; HAY OR STRAW PRESSES; DEVICES FOR STORING AGRICULTURAL OR HORTICULTURAL PRODUCE
    • A01F12/00Parts or details of threshing apparatus
    • A01F12/44Grain cleaners; Grain separators
    • A01F12/446Sieving means
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01FPROCESSING OF HARVESTED PRODUCE; HAY OR STRAW PRESSES; DEVICES FOR STORING AGRICULTURAL OR HORTICULTURAL PRODUCE
    • A01F12/00Parts or details of threshing apparatus
    • A01F12/54Arrangements for collecting or removing dust
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B62LAND VEHICLES FOR TRAVELLING OTHERWISE THAN ON RAILS
    • B62DMOTOR VEHICLES; TRAILERS
    • B62D55/00Endless track vehicles
    • B62D55/08Endless track units; Parts thereof
    • B62D55/10Bogies; Frames
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B62LAND VEHICLES FOR TRAVELLING OTHERWISE THAN ON RAILS
    • B62DMOTOR VEHICLES; TRAILERS
    • B62D55/00Endless track vehicles
    • B62D55/08Endless track units; Parts thereof
    • B62D55/14Arrangement, location, or adaptation of rollers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B62LAND VEHICLES FOR TRAVELLING OTHERWISE THAN ON RAILS
    • B62DMOTOR VEHICLES; TRAILERS
    • B62D55/00Endless track vehicles
    • B62D55/08Endless track units; Parts thereof
    • B62D55/14Arrangement, location, or adaptation of rollers
    • B62D55/15Mounting devices, e.g. bushings, axles, bearings, sealings
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B62LAND VEHICLES FOR TRAVELLING OTHERWISE THAN ON RAILS
    • B62DMOTOR VEHICLES; TRAILERS
    • B62D55/00Endless track vehicles
    • B62D55/08Endless track units; Parts thereof
    • B62D55/30Track-tensioning means

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a crawler traveling device and a harvester.
  • a drive sprocket and tension sprocket are provided at the front and rear ends of the track frame extending in the longitudinal direction of the vehicle body, and a plurality of wheels are attached to the lower surface of the track frame between the drive sprocket and the tension sprocket.
  • a known crawler travel device is known from US Pat. In this crawler traveling device, a thick mounting plate is fixed to the lower surface side of the track frame by welding or the like, and a support body bearing a support shaft for supporting the wheel is mounted on the lower surface of the mounting plate. It is fixed.
  • This support body includes a boss portion that supports the support shaft and a flange portion having a T-shaped cross section that extends upward from the boss portion.
  • the flange portion is provided with a through hole
  • the mounting plate is provided with a female screw that is coaxial with the through hole.
  • the harvesting machine described in Patent Document 2 includes a dust suction fan (a suction dust exhaust fan in the literature) and a capturing member (a net body in the literature).
  • the dust suction fan sucks dust in a feeder case (in the literature, feeder house) from a dust suction port and discharges it to the outside.
  • the capture member is attached to the dust suction port and captures the cereals that flow toward the dust suction fan. Thereby, prevention of the suction
  • the threshing apparatus described in Patent Document 3 includes a front gren pan arranged at the upper front end of the sheave case, and extends rearward from the rear end of the front gren pan in a state of being aligned at a predetermined interval in the left-right direction.
  • a plurality of auxiliary sieve wires extending toward the surface are provided.
  • the sieve line and the auxiliary sieve line are used to screen the processed material and transfer the cut straw and the like backward while letting the single-grained grains, grain with branches and the like leak through.
  • Patent Document 4 Conventionally, as such a technique, as shown in Patent Document 4, there is one in which an operation lever (“main transmission lever” in the literature) is arranged on the left side of the seat in the driving section.
  • a first command input means (“cutting lift switch” in the literature) and a second command input means (“reel cross” in the literature) are provided on the rear surface of the grip portion of the operation lever. Switch ").
  • the first command input means and the second command input means can be input with one finger (for example, thumb) of the left hand while holding the operation lever with the left hand. It is possible, and an operation command to a plurality of control objects can be performed with one hand.
  • the capturing member is constituted by a net-like member, that is, the capturing member includes a plurality of rod-shaped members arranged so as to cross each other over the dust suction port.
  • the cereals are easily entangled with the capturing member.
  • the cereal entangled (stirwell) entangled with the capturing member becomes a resistance, making it difficult for the dust suction fan to suck the dust.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above situation, and an object thereof is to provide a harvesting machine in which the trapped cereal is less likely to be entangled with the capturing member.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the situation as described above, and an object thereof is to provide a harvester equipped with a threshing device capable of selecting a threshing processed product from a grain pan while smoothly conveying with a sieving line. To do.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a harvesting machine with few misoperations and good operability for an operation lever provided with two command input means.
  • a crawler traveling device includes a track frame that extends in the longitudinal direction of the aircraft and is supported by the aircraft frame, a drive sprocket disposed at a front portion of the track frame, and a rear portion of the track frame.
  • a tension sprocket disposed on the crawler belt, a crawler belt wound around the drive sprocket and the tension sprocket, and a plurality of wheels for guiding the crawler belt to the ground.
  • a mounting unit that is detachably mounted and extends in the longitudinal direction of the machine body is provided, and the mounting unit supports the rolling wheels arranged in the longitudinal direction of the vehicle body in a plurality of units.
  • the plurality of rollers are supported by the mounting unit and, consequently, the mounting unit that is detachably fixed to the track frame, the plurality of rollers are integrated.
  • the track frame can be removed or attached.
  • each wheel does not fall apart.
  • the mounting unit includes a groove-shaped member that extends in the longitudinal direction of the machine body and opens downward, and a boss member that is disposed at an interval in the longitudinal direction of the machine body.
  • a bottom plate portion of the shape member is bolted to the mounting member, and a wheel shaft for mounting the wheel on the boss member is supported. Since the mounting unit is provided with a long channel member and a boss member that supports the wheel shaft in accordance with the arrangement pitch of the wheel on the opening side of the channel member, the mounting unit is formed using the bottom plate portion of the channel member.
  • the track frame often uses a relatively thin square pipe for weight reduction. Therefore, when the mounting unit is bolted to the track frame, it is preferable that the mounting member positioned between the track frame and the mounting unit is subjected to a bolt tightening force.
  • the mounting member is a reinforcing plate fixed to a frame body constituting the track frame, and a female screw (a hole in which a female screw is formed) is formed on the reinforcing plate for fixing the bolt. ) Is formed. Since the presence of the mounting member other than at the bolt fixing point causes weight increase, it is desirable that the mounting member be present only at the bolt fixing point.
  • the mounting member may be configured as a plurality of mounting member pieces that are spaced apart from each other in the longitudinal direction of the body.
  • the channel-shaped member has a transverse section U formed of a bottom plate portion contacting the mounting member and a pair of left and right side plate portions extending from each side edge of the bottom plate portion. It is a character-like long member, and the boss member is joined across the pair of left and right side plates.
  • a groove-shaped member a simple shape steel material well known as groove-shaped steel is used facing downward, and a simple structure that only joins a boss member to the edge of the side plate portion by welding or the like. By being adopted, it is advantageous in terms of manufacturing cost.
  • the bottom plate portion of the channel member has a longitudinal direction of the body.
  • a mounting hole for fixing the bolt is formed with a gap therebetween, and the boss member is joined in the middle of the mounting hole in the front-rear direction.
  • a support rod extending in the longitudinal direction of the tension sprocket is supported by the track frame so as to be displaceable along the direction in which the track frame extends.
  • the track frame is a cylinder
  • the support rod has an outer cross section that coincides with or substantially coincides with the inner cross section of the cylinder, and the support rod is guided by the inner surface of the track frame and slides in the track frame.
  • the length of the mounting member and the length of the bolt so that the tip of the bolt for bolting the bottom plate portion of the channel member to the mounting member does not enter the track frame and interfere with the support rod.
  • the mechanism that moves the tension sprocket in the longitudinal direction of the airframe is composed of a support rod that slides inside the cylinder forming the track frame, so that additional guide members are reduced and the structure around the track frame is reduced. It will be neat.
  • the crawler belt has a configuration in which the wheel shaft has protrusions protruding from both ends of the boss member, and a roller half body constituting the wheel is fixed to each protrusion.
  • the crawler belt can be guided well by contacting the projections from the outside.
  • the groove shape is configured such that a crawler guide extending in the front-rear direction of the machine body for guiding the lower side of the crawler belt is sandwiched between side plate portions of the groove member. It is bolted to the member.
  • a feature of the present invention is that it has a feeder case in which a dust suction port is formed on the top plate, a feeder that conveys the harvested cereals in the feeder case, and the dust in the feeder case is sucked out from the dust suction port to the outside. And a trapping member that is attached to the dust suction port and catches the cereals that flow toward the dust suction fan, and the catching members are arranged so as not to cross each other across the dust suction port. And providing a plurality of bar-shaped members.
  • the plurality of rod-shaped members are arranged so as not to cross each other over the dust suction port. That is, in the capturing member, a gap between adjacent rod-shaped members among the plurality of rod-shaped members is formed over the entire length of the dust suction port. Therefore, entanglement of the cereals hardly occurs between the rod-shaped members adjacent to each other among the plurality of rod-shaped members, while capturing the cereal cake flowing toward the dust suction fan with the plurality of rod-shaped members.
  • the plurality of rod-like members are substantially parallel to the feeding direction of the feeder.
  • the said rod-shaped member is a round bar.
  • the rod-shaped member does not have a corner, the cereal is difficult to be entangled with the rod-shaped member, and the cereal is difficult to break with the rod-shaped member, so that the occurrence of cut straw sucked into the dust suction fan is reduced. be able to.
  • the dust-absorbing fan rotates about a left-right axis.
  • the capturing member is configured to be detachable from the feeder case.
  • a fan case that covers the dust-absorbing fan is provided, and the capturing member is sandwiched and supported by the top plate of the feeder case and the lower end of the fan case.
  • the capturing member can be stably supported.
  • a projection is provided that protrudes upward from the top plate, and the capturing member and the lower end of the fan case are coupled to the projection by a fastener.
  • the capturing member and the fan case can be combined and easily connected to the protruding portion. Moreover, positioning of a capture member and a fan case is easy by a protruding part.
  • a pressing member that presses the lower end of the fan case from above is provided, and the pressing member, together with the fan case and the capturing member, are jointly connected to the protruding portion by the fastener. Is preferred.
  • the pressing member, the fan case, and the capturing member can be combined together and easily connected to the protruding portion. Further, the pressing member, the fan case, and the capturing member can be easily positioned by the protruding portion.
  • the fastener is a wing nut or a knob nut.
  • a motor for driving the dust suction fan is provided, and a breaker for the motor is provided adjacent to the dust suction fan.
  • a feature of the present invention is that a sheave case is provided with a glen pan at a conveyance start end side thereof, a sieve wire is provided at a conveyance end portion of the glen pan, and the sieve line is formed in a substantially wave shape in a side view. There is in being.
  • the sieving line is formed in a substantially wave shape, a feeding action can be imparted to the threshing processed product by the sieving line. Therefore, the threshing processed material from the grain pan can be sorted while being smoothly conveyed by the sieving line.
  • the sieving line is inclined upward in the conveyance end side in a side view.
  • a plurality of sieve lines are provided at a conveyance end portion of the Glen pan, and the plurality of sieve lines are arranged in parallel in the conveyance direction in the sheave case.
  • the sieving line on the conveyance end side is provided at a position higher than the sieving line on the conveyance start end side.
  • the threshing product is dropped from the sieving line on the conveyance end side at a high position, and the lump of the threshing product is loosened by the impact at the time of the fall, so that the selection accuracy can be improved.
  • the conveyance end side of the sieve line on the conveyance start end side is provided at a position higher than the conveyance start end side of the sieve line on the conveyance end side.
  • the threshing treatment product falls from the conveyance end side of the sieving line on the conveyance start end side to the conveyance start end side of the sieving line on the conveyance end side, and the lump of the threshing treatment product is loosened by the impact at the time of the fall, so the sorting accuracy Can be improved.
  • the plurality of sieve lines are inclined upward in the conveyance end side in a side view, and the inclination angle is larger as the sieve line on the conveyance end side.
  • the return action imparted to the threshing product by the sieving line becomes larger toward the conveyance end side because the sieving line on the conveyance end side is inclined more greatly. Therefore, many selection opportunities by the sieving line can be ensured by largely returning the threshing processed product on the conveying end side to the conveying start end side by the sieving line.
  • a pallet for supplying sorting air to the transfer end portion of the grain pan in the sheave case is provided, and the transfer end portion of one sieve line and the other sieve line adjacent to each other in the transfer direction in the plurality of sieve lines It is preferable that a predetermined gap is formed between the transfer start end portion.
  • a chaff sheave is provided below the sieve line in the sheave case, and the gap overlaps with a conveyance start end side of the chaff sheave in a plan view.
  • a chaff sheave is provided below the sieve line in the sheave case, and a sieve line on the conveyance end side of the plurality of sieve lines is arranged above the conveyance start end side of the chaff sheave, and It is preferable that at least a part thereof overlaps the conveyance start end side of the chaff sheave in a plan view.
  • the threshing product from the sieving line on the conveyance end side falls on the conveyance start end side of the chaff sheave, so that the threshing product that has fallen from the sieving line on the conveyance end side can be inherited to the chaff sheave. it can.
  • a first recovery part is provided below the sheave case, and a sieve wire on the conveyance end side among the plurality of sieve lines is disposed above the first recovery part, and It is preferable that at least a part thereof overlaps with the first recovery portion in plan view.
  • the threshing processed material from the sieving line on the conveyance end side falls on the first recovery unit, and therefore the threshing product that has fallen from the sieving line on the conveyance end side is recovered in the first recovery unit. can do.
  • the threshing product is dropped from the sieving line on the conveyance end side at a high position, and the lump of the threshing product is loosened by the impact at the time of the fall, so that the selection accuracy can be improved.
  • a tang for supplying the sorting wind to the transfer end portion of the grain pan in the sheave case is provided, and the tang has a first air passage through which the sorting wind supplied to the lower part of the sheave case flows, and the sheave And a second air passage through which the sorting air supplied to the upper part of the case flows.
  • the second air passage preferably supplies the sorting air to the conveyance start end side of the sheave case.
  • the sorting air can be distributed to the lower part and the upper part of the sheave case by distributing the sorting air to the lower part and the upper part of the sheave case by the first air path and the second air path. . Then, by supplying the sorting air to the conveyance start end side of the sheave case by the second air path, the sorting air can be spread from the conveyance start end side of the sheave case to the conveyance end side.
  • the Glen pan is provided only at the conveyance start end of the sheave case.
  • the grain recovery rate can be improved by shortening the grain pan and increasing the leakage area of the leakage selection unit.
  • a sheave case, and a carp for supplying sorting air to the sheave case the carp has a first air passage through which the sorting air supplied to the lower part of the sheave case flows, and the sheave case A second air passage through which the sorting air supplied to the upper portion of the air passage flows, and the second air passage is formed so as to extend in the transport start end direction and to make a U-turn in the transport end side direction, It is preferable to supply the sorting air to the conveyance start end side.
  • the sorting air can be distributed from the lower part to the upper part of the sheave case by distributing the sorting air to the lower part and the upper part of the sheave case by the first air path and the second air path. . Then, by supplying the sorting air to the conveyance start end side of the sheave case by the second air path, the sorting air can be spread from the conveyance start end side of the sheave case to the conveyance end side.
  • the second air passage being formed to make a U-turn, the air passage length of the second air passage becomes longer, and therefore the flow of the selected air tends to be laminar. Therefore, it is possible to supply the sorting air having a stable flow.
  • the tang includes a blade member that can rotate around an axis center in a conveyance orthogonal direction in a plan view, and a fan case that covers the blade member, and the second air passage includes the fan case It is preferable to communicate with the upper part of the conveyance start end side.
  • the U-turn shape that supplies the sorting air to the conveyance start end side of the sheave case by the U-turn-shaped second air passage by communicating the second air passage with the upper part of the conveyance start end side of the fan case.
  • the second air passage can be easily configured.
  • the sheave case is formed with a third air passage through which the selected air from the second air passage flows.
  • the sorting air from the second air passage flows through the third air passage, so that the sorting air can be reliably supplied to the upper part of the sheave case.
  • the inlet portion of the third air passage is provided on the vertical wall at the conveyance start end side of the sheave case.
  • the second air passage can be easily connected to the inlet portion of the third air passage.
  • the inlet portion of the third air passage is provided on the lower wall on the conveyance start end side of the sheave case.
  • the second air passage can be easily connected to the inlet portion of the third air passage.
  • a sheave case and a tang for supplying a sorting wind to the sheave case
  • the sheave case includes a first gren pan provided on a conveying start end side, and a lower side of the first gren pan.
  • a second glen pan provided, a leakage selection unit provided at a conveyance end of the first gren pan, and a chaff sheave provided at a conveyance end side of the second gren pan, the leakage selection unit comprising: It is preferable that it is disposed above the second Glen pan and above the chaff sheave.
  • the leakage screening unit extends to the upper side of the chaff sheave, so that the chaff sheave is supplied with the threshing processed material roughly selected by the leakage screening unit. Therefore, the sorting load applied to the chaff sheave can be reduced. If the sorting load on the chaff sheave can be reduced, a large amount of crops can be sorted without increasing the size of the chaff sheave and thus the threshing device.
  • the second Glen pan and the chaff sheave are arranged at substantially the same height.
  • the chaff sheave is inclined upward in the conveyance end side in a side view.
  • the threshing product is guided to the conveyance start end side along the inclination of the chaff sheave, so that it easily leaks from the conveyance start end side of the chaff sheave. Therefore, since the grain can be collected as much as possible on the conveyance start end side of the threshing apparatus, the loss of the grain can be reduced. In addition, since the threshing processed product is roughly selected by the leakage selection unit, the threshing processed product is not clogged even if the chaff sheave is inclined upward on the conveyance end side.
  • the solution corresponding to the problem [4] is as follows.
  • the present invention is characterized in that a first working unit, a second working unit different from the first working unit, and a third working unit different from the first working unit and the second working unit.
  • An operation lever capable of commanding the first working unit to be operated in the vicinity of the driver's seat, and a first surface for positioning the operator's thumb on the operation lever;
  • a grip portion formed on a surface different from the first surface and having a second surface on which four fingers other than the thumb are positioned is provided, and the second working unit is provided on the first surface.
  • a first command input means for inputting a command of the contradicting motion by swinging the thumb around the base while following the first surface.
  • On the second surface it is possible to instruct the third working unit to perform a conflicting operation, and 4 other than the thumb.
  • the second command input means for inputting a command for contradictory operations provided by the pressing operation by either.
  • the first command input means and the second command input means are arranged on different surfaces. Less.
  • the first command input means performs input by swinging the thumb around the base while following the first surface
  • the second command input means includes four fingers other than the thumb. Both of the means can be input by simple finger operation, such as input by pressing any one of the above, so the operability is good, for example, the operation lever and these means can be operated simultaneously. Even in the case of operation, reliable operation input is possible.
  • the first command input means is a rocker switch.
  • the first command input means is a rocker switch (seesaw type switch) that can selectively select different inputs, there is no simultaneous command of conflicting operation commands. It is possible to accurately input an operation command for the second working unit. Also, because of the shape of the rocker switch, the two input locations are connected with a smooth surface, so that the thumb can be moved from one input location to the other by simply swinging the thumb along the surface of the rocker switch. It is moved to the location. In this way, with this feature configuration, an input operation error of the first command input means is prevented, and a smooth input operation of the first command input means is possible.
  • the second command input means is a rocker switch.
  • the second command input means is a rocker switch that can selectively select different inputs.
  • an index finger is placed at one input location and a middle finger is placed at the other input location.
  • the input operation of the second command input means can be performed only by pressing one of the fingers without moving the entire hand.
  • the input operation of the second command input means can be easily performed, and an input operation error of the second command input means can be prevented.
  • the grip portion is formed with an upper surface that is different from the first surface and the second surface and on which the operator's palm is placed, and the first command input means Is preferably formed on a side portion of the grip portion closer to the driver, and the second command input means is formed on a side portion of the grip portion far from the driver.
  • the thumb can be positioned on the first surface with a natural posture without taking an unreasonable posture.
  • Four fingers are positioned on the second surface.
  • the second command input means is disposed in an inclined state so as to be positioned downward as the distance from the operator increases.
  • the second command input means in the operation lever of the type grasped from above, the second command input means is inclined so as to be positioned downward as it is farther from the operator.
  • the little finger side will bend a lot.
  • the little finger side is strongly squeezed so that force can be firmly applied to the hand or finger and the second command input means can be operated accurately.
  • the upper surface is inclined so as to be positioned lower as it is farther from the operator.
  • the hand holding the operation lever is in a state of falling outward.
  • the forearm naturally follows the hand tilt so that the wrist is not twisted.
  • the elbow is close to the body and the armpits are closed, and the shoulder is less likely to be burdened than the armpits are open.
  • the second command input means is disposed along the direction of the upper surface.
  • the index finger, the middle finger, and the ring finger can exert a strong pressing force with four fingers other than the thumb. Then, in the state where the operation lever is grasped from above, the tips of these three fingers are located at substantially the same distance from the upper surface. With this feature configuration, any two fingers of the index finger, the middle finger, and the ring finger are positioned on the second command input means in a natural state, and the second command input means can be easily operated.
  • the second surface is inclined so as to be positioned rearward as it is farther from the operator in plan view.
  • the first surface is inclined so as to be positioned forward as the distance from the operator increases in plan view.
  • the first working unit is a transmission of a traveling transmission
  • the operation lever is a transmission lever capable of instructing a transmission operation to the transmission.
  • the first command input means and the second command input means are arranged on the frequently used speed change lever. Therefore, a hand for operating input of these means is provided. Less movement is required.
  • the speed change lever is a main speed change lever.
  • the first command input means and the second command input means are generally disposed on the main transmission lever that is generally held at all times. There is no need to move your hands.
  • the second working unit or the third working unit is a cutting / lifting control unit that lifts / lowers the cutting unit or a reel lifting / lowering control unit that moves up and down the scraping reel provided in the cutting unit. It is preferable.
  • the raising / lowering operation of a cutting part or the raising / lowering operation of a reel can be performed with the hand which grasped the operation lever, and it is a combine with good operation. be able to.
  • the second working unit is a cutting lifting control unit that lifts and lowers the cutting unit.
  • the raising / lowering operation of a cutting part can be performed with the hand which grasped the operation lever, operating the 1st operation
  • the first command input means performs an input operation with the thumb positioned closer to the body than the other four fingers, the third working unit is located on the front side (the side farther from the body) than the cutting unit. )
  • the means that can command the lifting operation of the reaping part is the first command input means, and it is difficult for the second command input means to be mistaken. .
  • the second working unit is a harvesting raising / lowering control unit that raises and lowers a harvesting unit that harvests crops in a field.
  • the harvesting section can be lifted and lowered with the hand that holds the operating lever while operating the first working section with the operating lever, and the combine can be easily operated.
  • the third working unit is a reel lifting control unit that lifts and lowers the scraping reel.
  • the second command input means performs an input operation with the other four fingers positioned on the side farther from the body than the thumb, the second working unit is located behind the scraping reel (on the body).
  • the means that can command the raising and lowering operation of the scraping reel is the first command input means, and it is mistaken for the first command input means. Is unlikely to occur.
  • the third working unit is a rotary chopper elevating control unit that elevates and lowers a rotary chopper that crushes the stems remaining in the field after the crop is harvested.
  • the rotary chopper can be lifted and lowered with the hand holding the operation lever while operating the first working unit with the operation lever, so that the combine is easy to operate.
  • the lever guide for guiding the operation lever is provided at substantially the same height as the seat surface of the driver's seat.
  • the operation lever can be arranged at a height that is easy for the operator to operate.
  • the operation lever is provided on the right side of the driver's seat.
  • the first working unit is a transmission for a traveling transmission, and includes a front wheel and a rear wheel, and the traveling transmission drives the front wheel and the rear wheel.
  • This feature configuration is advantageous for traveling on roads other than the field compared to a crawler combine.
  • the rear wheel is a steered wheel and a steering wheel for steering the rear wheel is provided.
  • the turning radius can be made smaller than in the case where the front wheel is a steered wheel, and the combine becomes more efficient.
  • the amount of operation of the steering support tool relative to the unit turning amount can be set larger than the steering lever, etc., and the turning amount can be commanded finely, and A drastic turning operation is also possible.
  • FIG. 4 is a sectional view taken along line IV-IV in FIG. 3.
  • FIG. 5 is a sectional view taken along line VV in FIG. 3.
  • FIG. 4 is a sectional view taken along line VI-VI in FIG. 3.
  • It is a top view which shows the advance / retreat mechanism which supports a tension sprocket.
  • It is a perspective view which shows the attachment structure of a crawler guide.
  • the perspective sectional view which shows a 1st Strollac, a 2nd Strollac, and a 3rd Strollack. It is a side view which shows the whole combine which concerns on 4th embodiment of this invention. It is a top view which shows an operation part. It is a front view which shows an operation part. It is a top view which shows the periphery of a main transmission lever. It is a fragmentary sectional view in front view which shows the periphery of the main transmission lever when the main transmission lever exists in a work advance region. It is a perspective view which shows an operation part.
  • FIG. 32 is a sectional view taken along the line XXXIII-XXXIII in FIG. 31. It is a side view which shows the whole corn harvester which is another embodiment of 4th embodiment of this invention.
  • the crawler traveling device 1 includes a track frame 20 supported by a body frame 3 of a work vehicle such as a combine or a backhoe.
  • a pair of left and right track frames 20 extend in the longitudinal direction of the machine body.
  • FIG. 1 shows the track frame 20 on the left in the forward direction.
  • a drive sprocket 21 is disposed at the front of the track frame 20, and a tension sprocket 22 is disposed at the rear of the track frame 20.
  • a crawler belt 26 is wound around the drive sprocket 21 and the tension sprocket 22.
  • a plurality of rolling wheels 23 for guiding the crawler belt 26 toward the ground are disposed below the track frame 20.
  • the wheel 23 is a structure in which a pair of left and right wheel half bodies 23 a are connected by a wheel shaft 8.
  • an attachment member 6 in which a female screw 6a for attaching the wheel 23 is formed.
  • the wheel 23 is detachably attached to the attachment member 6 via the attachment unit 60 by the fixing bolt 90 and, consequently, to the track frame 20.
  • the attachment member 6 is formed of a thick member, and the attachment member 6 is a frame body constituting the track frame 20 ( It also functions as a reinforcing plate for steel plates such as square pipes.
  • the mounting unit 60 includes a boss member 60B that supports the wheel shaft 8 and a groove member 60A that fixes the boss member 60B.
  • the boss member 60B is a cylindrical body, bearings are mounted on the inner wall surfaces at both ends, and the roller shaft 8 passing through the boss member 60B is supported.
  • the wheel half members 23a are fixed to the protruding portions of the wheel shaft 8 protruding from both ends of the boss member 60B.
  • the groove-shaped member 60A is a longitudinal member that creates a concave portion that opens downward, and its cross section is substantially an inverted U shape, a gate shape, and an arch shape, but is a solid portion in the middle of the front-rear direction. Or a transverse partition may be provided. At least a part of the upper surface portion of the groove-shaped member 60 ⁇ / b> A is formed so as to be in a horizontal plane and come into surface contact with a contact surface formed at the lower portion of the attachment member 6.
  • a plurality of boss members 60B are preferably joined by welding at predetermined intervals in the front-rear direction of the machine body so as to straddle the side surfaces hanging from the left and right ends of the upper surface portion of the groove-shaped member 60A.
  • an arcuate receiving surface for receiving the boss member 60B is formed on the side surface portion, or a connection relay material.
  • An auxiliary flange plate is provided that functions as:
  • Through holes for allowing the fixing bolts 90 to pass therethrough are provided in the upper surface portion of the channel member 60A at intervals so as not to overlap the boss member 60B. This through hole corresponds to the position of the female screw 6 a of the mounting member 6.
  • FIG. 2 is a side view of the combine.
  • the combine is a normal combine, and includes a pair of left and right crawler travel devices 1 below a body frame 3 extending in the front-rear direction, which is the travel direction. Self-propelled by being driven by a driving force from an engine (not shown) provided below the driver seat 11.
  • a mowing unit 10 is connected to the front part of the machine body frame 3, and a threshing device 12 and a grain tank 13 are provided to the rear part of the machine body frame 3.
  • the mowing unit 10 can be moved up and down by a hydraulic cylinder 15 between a lowering working position and a rising non-working position.
  • the combine performs harvesting work such as rice and wheat by running the traveling machine with the cutting unit 10 in the lowering work position.
  • the harvesting unit 10 conveys the rotary reel 10a that scrapes the crop head to be harvested toward the rear, the clipper type harvesting device 10b that cuts and harvests the crop stock, and the grain straws to the rear side of the machine body.
  • the feeder 12a etc. which are supplied to the threshing device 12 are provided.
  • the grain tank 13 collects and stores the threshed grains conveyed from the threshing device 12. The stored threshing grains are carried out by the auger 14.
  • FIG. 3 is a side view showing the entire crawler traveling device 1 on the left side.
  • FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line IV-IV in FIG.
  • the crawler traveling device 1 includes a track frame 20 that extends in the front-rear direction as a base body.
  • the track frame 20 is supported by the body frame 3 in such a manner as to be suspended from the body frame 3 via the front bracket 16a and the rear bracket 16b.
  • the track frame 20 is a square pipe having a square cross section.
  • a drive sprocket 21 supported by the transmission case 17 is attached to a front portion of the track frame 20 via an attachment member 16c connected to the front bracket 16a, the track frame 20, and the body frame 3.
  • a tension sprocket 22 is attached to the rear end of the track frame 20 via an advance / retreat mechanism 30 supported by the track frame 20.
  • a rubber crawler belt 26 is wound around the drive sprocket 21 and the tension sprocket 22.
  • six rolling wheels 23 for guiding the belt side that feeds the grounding side of the crawler belt 26 are arranged below the track frame 20 between the drive sprocket 21 and the tension sprocket 22, six rolling wheels 23 for guiding the belt side that feeds the grounding side of the crawler belt 26 are arranged.
  • the drive sprocket 21 and the tension sprocket 22 are formed in a trough 26c formed between a pair of left and right cored bar projections 26a provided on a cored bar embedded in a plurality of locations in the longitudinal direction of the crawler belt 26. Bite into the teeth.
  • the wheel 23 presses the crawler belt 26 to the ground so as to straddle the pair of left and right core metal protrusions 26a.
  • the plurality of rolling wheels 23 are supported by the track frame 20 via mounting units 60 that are divided into a front side and a rear side.
  • the mounting member 6 is welded and fixed to the mounting position of the mounting unit 60 on the lower surface of the track frame 20.
  • the attachment member 6 has a thickness several times the wall thickness of the track frame that is each pipe, and also functions as a reinforcing plate of the track frame 20.
  • the attachment member 6 is provided with a through hole, and a female screw 6a used for fixing the bolt is formed in the through hole. Further, an opening 20 a for releasing the bolt tip protruding from the attachment member 6 when the bolt is fixed is also provided on the lower surface of the track frame 20.
  • the six wheels 23 are divided into two front and rear groups of three wheels 23, and each group is attached to a mounting unit 60 that is divided into a front side and a rear side.
  • the two attachment units 60 are bolted to the track frame 20 as described above.
  • the mounting unit 60 includes a channel member 60A and a boss member 60B welded to the channel member 60A.
  • the channel member 60 ⁇ / b> A is a long member composed of a bottom plate portion 62 and left and right side plate portions 61, both of which are plate materials.
  • the left and right side plate portions 61 are connected at right angles to the bottom plate portion 62 from the left and right ends of the bottom plate portion 62, respectively, and have a rectangular cross-section internal space opened downward between the bottom plate portion 62 and the left and right side plate portions 61. Is producing. Note that channel steel in which the bottom plate portion 62 and the side plate portion 61 are integrated may be used as the groove member 60A.
  • the boss member 60 ⁇ / b> B is a cylindrical body having a substantially constant outer diameter, and its axial length is longer than the interval between the left and right side plate portions 61. As a result, the boss member 60 ⁇ / b> B has a portion protruding outward from the side plate portion 61.
  • the side plate portion 61 is provided with a semicircular cutout in accordance with the mounting pitch of the wheel 23, and the side plate portion 61, the boss member 60B, and the boss member 60B are inserted into the cutout with the outer peripheral surface of the boss member 60B fitted. Are welded.
  • the wheel 23 includes a wheel shaft 8 and a pair of left and right wheel half bodies 23 a that are bolted to both ends of the wheel shaft 8.
  • Ball bearings 80 that support the wheel shaft 8 are disposed on the inner wall surfaces of both end regions of the boss member 60B, and the wheel shaft 8 is rotatably supported.
  • a seal member 81 is attached to the outside of each ball bearing 80.
  • the roller shaft 8 is longer than the boss member 60B, and the wheel half members 23a are fixed to the protruding portions of the roller shaft 8 protruding from both ends of the boss member 60B.
  • the roller shaft 8 is formed with a grease injection hole 8a.
  • the grease injected from the grease injection port provided at the end of the wheel shaft 8 passes through the grease injection hole 8a, and the inner wall surface of the boss member 60B.
  • a space formed between the pair of left and right ball bearings 80 is filled.
  • a bleeder means is formed for releasing excess pressure when the grease pressure in the space increases.
  • the bleeder means is a plug 82 that is screwed into a through screw hole provided in the peripheral wall of the boss member 60B, and an axial through hole 82a is formed in the plug 82 as an escape hole.
  • the three wheels 23 and the mounting unit 60 are integrated, the three wheels 23 are fixed to the track frame 20 by fixing the mounting unit 60 to the track frame 20.
  • the fixing bolt 90 is inserted into the through hole 62a provided in the bottom plate 62 from between the left and right side plate portions 61, and the mounting member 6 in which the female screw 6a is formed. Screwed into the through hole.
  • a contact plate 91 is interposed in addition to the washer and the spring washer.
  • the contact plate 91 may be provided for each fixing bolt 90, but may be a long plate common to the plurality of fixing bolts 90.
  • the contact plate 91 is fixed to the track frame 20 by welding or the like. Further, as is apparent from FIG. 3, two attachment members 6 are arranged at intervals in the front-rear direction for each attachment unit 60. Each mounting member 6 is provided with two through-holes in which a female screw 6a to be screwed with the fixing bolt 90 is provided so as to sandwich the wheel 23 in a side view. Since the lower part of the fixing bolt 90 is opened, the bolt fixing work is easy. Further, the left and right sides of any of the fixing bolts 90 are covered by the side plate portion 61, and there is little possibility of receiving muddy water or foreign matter directly.
  • the guide wheel 25 that guides the upper transfer belt side of the crawler belt 26 has substantially the same structure as the wheel 23, and includes the wheel shaft 8 and the wheel shaft. 8 and a pair of left and right guide wheel half bodies 25a which are bolted to both ends.
  • a guide wheel mounting unit 63 for mounting the guide wheel 25 to the track frame 20 is similar to the mounting unit 60 of the roller 23.
  • the guide wheel mounting unit 63 includes a bracket 63A and a boss member 63B.
  • the boss member 63B is the same as the boss member 60B of the mounting unit 60.
  • the bracket 63A is composed of a pair of left and right bracket plates, one end of which is welded to the boss member 63B, and the other end is welded to the upper surface of the track frame 20.
  • the guide wheel mounting unit 63 may be configured to be bolted to the track frame 20 in the same manner as the mounting unit 60 of the rolling wheel 23. Further, the bracket 63A may be connected to the rear bracket 16b after the track frame 20 is connected to the body frame 3.
  • the tension sprocket 22 is incorporated in an advancing / retracting mechanism 30 provided at the rear end portion of the track frame 20, and can be moved and adjusted with respect to the track frame 20 in the front-rear direction.
  • the tension sprocket 22 is rotatably supported on the tension shaft 22b via a ball bearing provided on the boss portion.
  • the sprocket portion 22a of the tension sprocket 22 has not a trapezoidal cross section but has a cross sectional shape in which a square is added below the trapezoid, and the strength is enhanced by the addition of the square cross section. As a result, the tension sprocket 22 has a larger diameter than the conventional one.
  • the advance / retreat mechanism 30 includes a holding unit 31, a support rod 32, and an adjustment screw mechanism 33.
  • the holding unit 31 includes a plate-like base 31b and a pair of left and right side plates 31a standing on the rear surface of the base 31b.
  • the tension shaft 22b that rotatably supports the tension sprocket 22 is supported at both ends by a pair of left and right side plates 31a.
  • a support rod 32 extending in the longitudinal direction of the machine body is connected to the front surface of the base 31b.
  • the support rod 32 has a rectangular outer cross section that coincides with or substantially coincides with the rectangular inner cross section of the track frame 20, and is guided by the inner surface of the track frame 20 in the track frame 20 in the longitudinal direction of the body. It is slidably inserted.
  • the adjustment screw mechanism 33 is provided in a pair of left and right with the track frame 20 interposed therebetween.
  • Each adjustment screw mechanism 33 includes an adjustment screw body 33a that is a screw rod, a first screw body receiving portion 33b, and a second screw body receiving portion 33c.
  • the first screw body receiving portion 33 b is fixed to the base 31 b of the holding unit 31, and the second screw body receiving portion 33 c is fixed to the bracket 27 connected to the track frame 20.
  • the first screw body receiving portion 33 b and the second screw body receiving portion 33 c hold the adjustment screw body 33 a so that the adjustment screw body 33 a is parallel to the support rod 32.
  • the 1st screw body receiving part 33b has a penetration screw hole screwed together with the screw part of adjustment screw body 33a.
  • the second screw body receiving portion 33c has an engagement hole that penetrates the body portion of the adjustment screw body 33a and prohibits relative axial movement with the adjustment screw body 33a. That is, the adjusting screw mechanism 33 is a screw type reciprocating mechanism using the first screw body receiving portion 33b as a top member. Therefore, by rotating the adjustment screw body 33a in one direction, the tension sprocket 22 advances while being guided by the support rod 32 and the track frame 20, and by rotating the adjustment screw body 33a in the other direction, the tension sprocket 22 moves backward. By adjusting the movement of the tension sprocket 22 relative to the track frame 20 in the longitudinal direction of the machine body, an optimum tension of the crawler belt 26 is created, and the tension sprocket 22 is fixed at the optimum position.
  • the pair of left and right wheel half bodies 23 a of the six wheel wheels 23 are positioned on both lateral outer sides of the pair of left and right cored bar protrusions 26 a of the crawler belt 26, respectively. Supports the inner peripheral surface of the.
  • the crawler guide 28 that presses the valley portion 26 c formed between the pair of left and right cored bar protrusions 26 a is bolted to the side plate portion 61 of the channel member 60 ⁇ / b> A of the mounting unit 40. Has been.
  • the crawler guide 28 includes a ski plate-shaped guide main body portion 28a and an attachment portion 28b protruding from the upper surface of the guide main body portion 28a.
  • the guide main body portion 28a and the attachment portion 28b are integrally formed by casting. Yes.
  • the width of the guide main body portion 28a corresponds to the valley portion 26c of the crawler belt 26, and the width of the mounting portion 28b corresponds to the interval between the left and right side plate portions 61 of the channel member 60A.
  • the side plate portion 61 and the attachment portion 28b are provided with common through holes 61a and 28c at an intermediate position between the adjacent wheel shafts 8. By using the through holes 61a and 28c, the crawler guide 28 is It is bolted to the mounting unit 40.
  • the three rolling wheels 23 are provided in one mounting unit 60 as one set, but the number of the rolling wheels 23 provided in one mounting unit may be two. There may be four or more.
  • the crawler guide 28 is integrally formed with the guide main body portion 28a and the attachment portion 28b. However, after the guide main body portion 28a and the attachment portion 28b are separately formed, welding or the like is performed. You may connect by.
  • the track frame 20 is a quadrangular or square pipe material, but may be another polygonal or circular pipe material.
  • the support rod 32 inserted into the inside of the track frame 20 may have a cross section corresponding to the inner cross section of the track frame 20.
  • the attachment member 6 is formed of a long plate material common to the plurality of fixing bolts 90, but for one fixing bolt 90, that is, one female screw. It is good also as a short board material which formed only 6a.
  • the track frame 20 is fixed to the body frame 3, but the track frame 20 can be moved up and down via a pair of front and rear swingable support arms. You may employ
  • the ordinary combine is provided with a crawler type traveling machine body 101.
  • a driving unit 102 is provided at the front of the traveling machine body 101.
  • a threshing device 103 and a grain tank 104 are juxtaposed in the left-right direction behind the operation unit 102.
  • a cutting part 105 is provided in front of the traveling machine body 101.
  • a feeder 106 that conveys the harvested cereal meal to the threshing device 103 is provided at the rear of the harvesting unit 105.
  • the feeder 106 conveys the harvested cereal meal in the feeder case 107.
  • a front rotating body 108 is rotatably supported at the front end portion of the feeder case 107.
  • a rear rotating body 109 is rotatably supported at the rear end portion of the feeder case 107.
  • a pair of left and right transport chains 110 are wound around the front rotating body 108 and the rear rotating body 109.
  • a pair of left and right transport chains 110 are provided with a transport plate 111.
  • the pair of left and right transport chains 110 rotate forward in the direction of arrow A1 by a forward rotation mechanism (not shown), and reversely rotate in the direction opposite to arrow A1 by a reverse rotation mechanism (not shown).
  • a dust suction port 170 a is formed in the top plate 170 of the feeder case 107.
  • a dust suction fan 112 that sucks dust in the feeder case 107 from the dust suction port 170a and discharges it to the outside is provided.
  • a capturing member 120 which will be described in detail later, is attached to the dust suction port 170a.
  • the dust suction fan 112 rotates around the axis X ⁇ b> 1 that faces in the left-right direction.
  • the dust suction fan 112 is driven by a motor 113.
  • the dust suction fan 112 is covered with a fan case 115. Further, the dust suction fan 112 is disposed near the left lateral end of the top plate 170 of the feeder case 107.
  • the lower end of the rotation locus of the dust suction fan 112 is located at the periphery (or the vicinity thereof) of the dust suction port 170a.
  • the end of the dust suction fan 112 on the downstream side in the direction of dust flow is substantially flush with the outer surface of the lateral plate portion 171 of the feeder case 107.
  • the fan case 115 includes a suction side case 116 and a discharge side case 117.
  • the suction side case 116 is disposed upstream of the dust suction fan 112 in the dust flow direction.
  • the discharge case 117 is disposed downstream of the dust suction fan 112 in the direction of dust flow.
  • the suction side case 116 and the discharge side case 117 are detachably connected (removable) with bolts 118.
  • a connecting portion between the suction side case 116 and the discharge side case 117 is located on substantially the same plane as the outer surface of the lateral plate portion 171 of the feeder case 107.
  • the lower end of the suction side case 116 is connected to a stud bolt 124 (corresponding to a “projection” according to the present invention) protruding upward from the top plate 170 by a knob nut 125 (corresponding to a “fastener” according to the present invention).
  • a plurality of (for example, four) stud bolts 124 protrude upward from the top plate 170.
  • Four bolt holes 116 a through which stud bolts 124 are inserted are formed at the lower end of the suction side case 116.
  • the lower end of the suction side case 116 is pressed from above by a pressing frame 126 (corresponding to a “pressing member” according to the present invention).
  • a recessed portion 116 b that is recessed into the dust suction fan 112 side is formed in a portion of the suction side case 116 that faces the dust suction fan 112.
  • the recessed portion 116b is formed in a portion of the suction side case 116 that opposes the direction of the dust suction fan 112 and the axis X1.
  • the recess insertion direction of the recess 116b is the lateral lateral direction (left lateral lateral direction).
  • the motor 113 is disposed upstream of the dust suction fan 112 in the dust flow direction. That is, the motor 113 inputs power from the upstream side in the dust flow direction to the dust suction fan 112.
  • the motor 113 is disposed between the dust suction port 170a and the dust suction fan 112.
  • the motor 113 is partitioned from a dust flow path through which dust flows. Specifically, the motor 113 is covered with a cover 119 in a section where the recessed portion 116b and the dust suction fan 112 face each other.
  • the motor 113 is supported in a state of penetrating through the recessed portion 116b (the bottom portion of the recessed portion 116b).
  • the holding frame 126 is formed with four bolt holes 126a through which the stud bolts 124 are inserted.
  • the holding frame 126 is coupled to the stud bolt 124 by a knob nut 125 together with the lower end of the suction side case 16. That is, the holding frame 126 is coupled to the stud bolt 124 by the knob nut 125 together with the suction side case 116 and the capturing member 120.
  • a breaker 114 for the motor 113 is attached to the holding frame 126 via an attachment stay 127. That is, a breaker 114 for the motor 113 is provided adjacent to the dust suction fan 112.
  • the capturing member 120 captures the cereals that flow toward the dust suction fan 112.
  • the capturing member 120 is sandwiched and supported by the top plate 170 of the feeder case 107 and the lower end of the suction side case 116.
  • the capturing member 120 is configured to be detachable from the feeder case 107.
  • the capture member 120 is coupled to the stud bolt 124 by a knob nut 125 together with the lower end of the suction side case 116.
  • the capturing member 120 includes a plurality (three in this embodiment) of round bars 121 (corresponding to “bar-shaped members” according to the present invention) and a pair of front and rear support frames 122 and 123.
  • the round bars 121 are arranged so as not to cross each other over the dust suction port 170a.
  • the round bar 121 is disposed substantially parallel to the conveyance direction (front-rear direction) of the feeder 106.
  • the three round bars 121 are arranged at a predetermined interval (for example, at equal intervals).
  • a gap between the adjacent round bars 121 among the three round bars 121 is formed over the entire length (front-rear direction) of the dust suction port 170a.
  • the round bar 121 is disposed only on the left side (laterally outside) of the width B in the left-right direction of the dust suction port 170a.
  • the round bar 121 is disposed so as not to protrude above the top surface of the top plate 170 of the feeder case 107. That is, the round bar 121 is disposed on the lower surfaces of the pair of front and rear support frames 122 and 123.
  • the pair of front and rear support frames 122 and 123 are disposed on the top surface of the top plate 170 of the feeder case 107.
  • the front support frame 122 is disposed along the front edge of the dust suction port 170a.
  • a bolt hole 122b through which the stud bolt 124 is inserted is formed at the left end portion of the front support frame 122.
  • a front fixing part 122 a is formed on the front support frame 122.
  • the front fixing portion 122a protrudes from the front edge of the dust suction port 170a toward the center of the dust suction port 170a.
  • the front end portion of the round bar 121 is fixed (for example, welded or the like) to the lower surface of the front fixing portion 122a.
  • the rear support frame 123 is disposed along the rear edge of the dust suction port 170a.
  • a bolt hole 123b through which the stud bolt 124 is inserted is formed in the left end portion of the rear support frame 123.
  • a rear fixing portion 123 a to which the rear end portion of the round bar 121 is fixed is formed on the rear support frame 123.
  • the rear fixing portion 123a protrudes from the rear side edge of the dust suction port 170a toward the center side of the dust suction port 170a.
  • the rear end portion of the round bar 121 is fixed (for example, by welding) to the lower surface of the rear fixing portion 123a in the rear support frame 123.
  • the three round bars 121 are arranged so as not to cross each other over the dust suction port 170a. That is, in the capturing member 120, a gap between the adjacent round bars 121 of the three round bars 121 is formed over the entire length (front-rear direction) of the dust suction port 170a. Therefore, while trapping the cereals flowing toward the dust suction fan 112 with the three round bars 121, the entanglement of the cereals between the round bars 121 adjacent to each other among the three round bars 121 occurs. It is hard to occur.
  • the capturing member 120 is provided with a pair of front and rear support frames 122 and 123.
  • One end portion of the support frame 123 on the side may be connected by a support frame.
  • bolt holes are also formed in a connection portion between the one end portion of the front support frame 122 and the support frame and a connection portion between the one end portion of the rear support frame 123 and the support frame.
  • one end of the front support frame 122 and one end of the rear support frame 123 are connected by a support frame, and the other end of the front support frame 122 and the rear support are connected.
  • the other end of the frame 123 may be connected by a support frame.
  • the round bar 121 is disposed substantially parallel to the conveyance direction of the feeder 106, but the round bar 121 is disposed substantially orthogonal to the conveyance direction of the feeder 106. It may be. Further, the round bar 121 may be disposed obliquely with respect to the conveying direction of the feeder 106.
  • the “bar-shaped member” according to the present invention is a round bar 121, but the “bar-shaped member” according to the present invention is a square bar (for example, a square bar having a square cross section). But you can.
  • the number of the round bars 121 is three, but the number of the round bars 121 may be two or four or more.
  • the number of stud bolts 124 is four, but the number of stud bolts 124 may be five or more.
  • the “fastener” according to the present invention is the knob nut 125, but the “fastener” according to the present invention may be a wing nut.
  • the suction side case 116 and the discharge side case 117 are detachably connected by a bolt 118, but the bolt 118 may be a knob bolt.
  • the conveyance direction of the threshing product is the front-rear direction
  • the conveyance start end direction is the front direction
  • the conveyance end side direction is the rear direction.
  • the threshing apparatus threshs and sorts the cereal straw.
  • the threshing apparatus includes a threshing unit 201 and a sorting unit 202.
  • the threshing apparatus is provided in the ordinary combine in this embodiment, but may be provided in the self-decomposing combine.
  • the threshing unit 201 threshs the cereal.
  • the threshing unit 201 includes a handling cylinder 203 for threshing threshing.
  • the handling cylinder 203 is rotatably supported by the handling chamber 204 via a rotation shaft 203a in the front-rear direction.
  • the threshing unit 201 is provided with a receiving net 205 for leaking the threshing processed product by the handling drum 203.
  • the sorting unit 202 sorts the threshing processed product (the threshing processed product leaked from the receiving net 205).
  • the sorting unit 202 includes a swing sorting device 206, a red pepper 207, a first collecting unit 208, and a second collecting unit 209. The details of the red pepper 207 will be described later.
  • the swing sorting device 206 swings and sorts the threshing processed product (the threshing processed product leaked from the receiving net 205). Then, the swing sorter 206 includes a sheave case 210, a first grain pan 211, a first sieve line 212 and a second sieve line 213, a second grain pan 214, a chaff sheave 215, a first Strollac 216, a first Two Strollacs 217 and a third Strollac 218 and a Glen sieve 219 are provided.
  • the first sieving wire 212 and the second sieving wire 213, and the first Strollac 216, the second Strollac 217 and the third Strollac 218 will be described in detail later.
  • the sheave case 210 is configured to be swingable. That is, the sheave case 210 is swung back and forth by the eccentric cam type swinging mechanism 220.
  • the sheave case 210 includes a first gren pan 211, a first sieving line 212 and a second sieving line 213, a second gren pan 214, a chaff sheave 215, a first strollac 216, a second stroller 217, and a second Three Strollacs 218 and Glen sieves 219 are provided.
  • the first Glen pan 211, the first sieve line 212 and the second sieve line 213, the second Glen pan 214, the chaff sheave 215, the first Strollac 216, the second Strollac 217 and the third Strollac 218, and the Glen Sheave 219 are: Swings in the front-rear direction together with the sheave case 210.
  • the first gren pan 211 sorts the threshing product by specific gravity difference.
  • the first gren pan 211 swings in the front-rear direction together with the sheave case 210, so that the threshing product is conveyed in the backward direction, and is divided into upper and lower layers such as sawdust having a small specific gravity and grains having a large specific gravity.
  • the first gren pan 211 is formed in a substantially wave shape in a side view.
  • a first sieving line 212 is fixed to a waveform portion located on the most rear end side among the waveform portions in the first Glen pan 211.
  • the first gren pan 211 is provided on the front end side of the sheave case 210 (only the front end portion of the sheave case 210). That is, the first Glen pan 211 is formed shorter than the second Glen pan 214 in a side view.
  • the chaff sheave 215 sorts out the processed threshing product. That is, the chaff sheave 215 is provided with a plurality of angle-adjustable chaff flip plates 215a that are aligned at a predetermined interval in the front-rear direction. Then, the chaff sheave 215 swings in the front-rear direction together with the sheave case 210, thereby conveying the swarf and the like that have not leaked backward while allowing grains and the like to leak from between the cha-flip plates 215a. The angle of the char flip plate 215a is adjusted by an angle adjusting unit (not shown).
  • the chaff sheave 215 is inclined upward toward the rear end in a side view.
  • the chaff sheave 215 is provided behind the second gren pan 214. That is, the chaff sheave 215 is provided below the first sieve line 212 and the second sieve line 213. In other words, the chaff sheave 215 is provided behind the tang 207 in the sheave case 210.
  • the second glen pan 214 sorts the threshing product by specific gravity.
  • the second glen pan 214 swings in the front-rear direction together with the sheave case 210, and stratifies the threshing processed product in the vertical direction while conveying the threshing processed product in the rearward direction, such as sawdust having a small specific gravity and grains having a large specific gravity.
  • the second Glen pan 214 is formed in a substantially wave shape in a side view.
  • a corrugated portion 214 a deeper than the other corrugated portions of the second Glen pan 214 is formed on the front end side of the second Glen pan 214. That is, the corrugated portion 214 a is formed at the front end portion (front end portion) of the second gren pan 214.
  • the second gren pan 214 is provided below the first gren pan 211. That is, a first Glen pan 211 different from the second Glen pan 214 is provided above the second Glen pan 214. Further, the second Glen pan 214 and the chaff sheave 215 are arranged at substantially the same height. The rear end portion of the second gren pan 214 and the front end portion of the chaff sheave 215 (the chi-flip plate 215a positioned closest to the front end side) overlap in plan view.
  • the Glen sieve 219 sorts out the processed threshing product.
  • the Glen Sheave 219 conveys the grain with branches and the like that has not leaked backwards together with the sawdust and the like as the second thing while causing the single grain to leak as the first thing.
  • the Glen sheave 219 is provided behind the Tang Dynasty 207 and below the chaff sheave 215.
  • the convex part 219a which protrudes upwards is provided in the front end side of the Glen sheave 219.
  • the convex portion 219a is configured by a plate-like member that is bent so as to protrude upward (substantially mountain-shaped).
  • the first recovery unit 208 recovers the single grain as the first thing.
  • the first recovery unit 208 is provided below the front portion of the sheave case 210.
  • the second recovery unit 209 recovers the grain with branch infarction as the second thing.
  • the second recovery part 209 is provided below the rear part of the sheave case 210.
  • the red pepper 207 includes a blade member 221, a fan case 222, a first air passage 223, and a second air passage 224.
  • the blade member 221 is rotatably supported by the fan case 222 via a horizontal rotation shaft 221a. That is, the blade member 221 is configured to be rotatable around the axis X2 in the left-right direction.
  • the rotation direction of the blade member 221 is counterclockwise in the side view (the rotation direction A2 shown in FIG. 2).
  • the blade member 221 is formed in the substantially circular arc shape recessed in the rotation direction upper side (direction opposite to rotation direction A2) in side view. That is, the blade member 221 is formed in a substantially bow shape that swells toward the upper side in the rotational direction (side opposite to the rotational direction A2) in a side view.
  • a plurality of (for example, four) blade members 221 are arranged at equal angular intervals (for example, 90 degrees) around the axis X2 in the left-right direction in a side view. Further, the blade member 221 is fixed to the rotating shaft 221a via a plurality of (for example, two) flange portions 221b formed in a substantially circular shape in a side view.
  • the fan case 222 is configured to cover the blade member 221.
  • the left and right sides of the fan case 222 are provided with suction ports 222a for sucking outside air.
  • the suction port 222a is covered with an adjustment plate 225 so that its opening degree can be adjusted.
  • the left adjustment plate 225 and the right adjustment plate 225 are connected by a single link rod 226. That is, the left and right adjustment plates 225 are configured to be swingable with the link rod 226 as a swing fulcrum.
  • the left adjustment plate 225 is provided with a swing operation portion 227 for swinging the left and right adjustment plates 225.
  • the swing operation unit 227 includes a guide hole 228 formed in the left adjustment plate 225, a guide shaft 229 inserted into the guide hole 228, and a nut 230 screwed into the guide shaft 229.
  • the left adjustment plate 225 swings along the guide shaft 229 via the guide hole 228, the right adjustment plate 225 also swings via the link rod 226.
  • the opening degree of the left and right suction ports 222a is changed. That is, when the adjustment plates 225 on the left and right sides swing via the link rod 226, the opening degree of the suction ports 222a on the left and right sides is changed.
  • the left adjustment plate 225 can be fixed at an arbitrary swinging position.
  • the first air passage 223 the sorting air supplied to the lower part of the sheave case 210 flows.
  • the first air passage 223 is disposed below the tongue 207 and below the sheave case 210. That is, the first air path 223 communicates with the lower part on the rear end side of the fan case 222.
  • a guide plate 233 is provided below the front side of the chaff sheave 215 to guide the sorted air in the first air passage 223 upward in the rear side.
  • the guide plate 233 is inclined upward toward the rear end in a side view.
  • the guide plate 233 has an inclination angle ⁇ 1 of an angle adjustment range ⁇ of a chi-flip plate (hereinafter referred to as “front-most end cha-flip plate”) 215a located on the most front end side among the plurality of char-flip plates 215a. Substantially coincides with the central angle ⁇ 2. That is, the inclination angle ⁇ 1 of the guide plate 233 and the central angle ⁇ 2 in the angle adjustment range ⁇ of the front-most-side char flip plate 215a are substantially the same angle. In addition, it is preferable that the inclination angle ⁇ 1 of the guide plate 233 and the central angle ⁇ 2 in the angle adjustment range ⁇ of the front-most-side cha-flip plate 215a completely coincide (is the same angle).
  • the second air passage 224 the sorting air supplied to the upper part of the sheave case 210 flows.
  • the second air passage 224 is disposed at the top of the tang 207 and in front of the sheave case 210. That is, the second air passage 224 communicates with the upper part on the front end side of the fan case 222.
  • the second air passage 224 is formed so as to extend in the forward direction and to make a U-turn in the backward direction, and supplies the selection air to the front end side of the sheave case 210.
  • the upper part of the second air passage 224 is formed by an upward inclined air passage 224a that inclines upward on the rear end side.
  • the sheave case 210 is formed with a third air passage 232 (to be described later in detail) through which the selected air from the second air passage 224 flows.
  • a power transmission shaft 231 to which power from the engine E is transmitted is disposed above the second air passage 224 (see FIG. 21). That is, the power transmission shaft 231 is disposed at the upper part on the front end side of the upward inclined air passage 224a of the second air passage 224. Note that the power of the power transmission shaft 231 is transmitted to the handling cylinder 203, the tang 207, and the like.
  • the third air passage 232 is formed between the first gren pan 211 and the second gren pan 214.
  • the third air passage 232 is formed in a substantially V shape in a side view by a downward inclined air passage 232a inclined downward at the rear end side and an upward inclined air passage 232b inclined upward at the rear end side. Yes.
  • the inlet portion of the third air passage 232 (downward inclined air passage 232a) is provided across the front end side vertical wall (front wall) and the front end side lower wall of the sheave case 210.
  • the inlet portion of the third air passage 232 (downward inclined air passage 232a) may be provided only on the front end side vertical wall (front wall) of the sheave case 210, or the front end side lower side of the sheave case 210. It may be provided only on the wall.
  • the outlet of the third air passage 232 (upwardly inclined air passage 232b) is disposed below the rear end side of the first gren pan 211.
  • the 2nd Glen pan 214 is provided in the lower part of the exit part of the 3rd air path 232 (upward inclination air path 232b).
  • the front end portion of the second gren pan 214 forms a part of the third air passage 232 (the bottom surface of the upward inclined air passage 232b).
  • the inclination angle of the upward inclined air passage 232b of the third air passage 232 and the inclination angle of the first sieving line 212 and / or the second sieving line 213 are substantially the same. Further, the inclination angle of the upward inclined air passage 232b of the third air passage 232 and the inclination angle of the upward inclined air passage 224a of the second air passage 224 are substantially the same.
  • the sorted wind is distributed to the lower part and the upper part of the sheave case 210 by the first air path 223 and the second air path 224 and supplied, so that the sorted air is sent from the lower part of the sheave case 210 to the upper part. Can be spread. Then, the sorting air can be spread from the front end side to the rear end side of the sheave case 210 by supplying the sorting air to the front end side of the sheave case 210 through the second air passage 224. Then, as a result of the second air passage 224 being formed to make a U-turn, the air passage length of the second air passage 224 becomes longer, and therefore the flow of the selected air tends to be laminar. Therefore, it is possible to supply the sorting air having a stable flow.
  • the first sieving line 212 and the second sieving line 213 are juxtaposed in the front-rear direction at the rear end portion of the first gren pan 211.
  • the first sieving line 212 and the second sieving line 213 are arranged above the second gren pan 214 and above the chaff sheave 215. That is, of the first sieving line 212 and the second sieving line 213, the second sieving line 213 is disposed above the chaff sheave 215 and overlaps the chaff sheave 215 in plan view. Further, a predetermined gap O is formed between the rear end portion of the first sieving line 212 and the front end portion of the second sieving line 213.
  • the gap O overlaps with the front end side of the chaff sheave 215 in plan view. That is, the gap O overlaps with the rear end portion of the second Glen pan 214 in plan view.
  • a leakage selection unit other than the sieving line such as Strollac, sheet-metal punching type chaff sheave, mesh-like or sheet-metal punching type grain sheave may be employed. it can. However, from the viewpoint of increasing the amount of leakage from the leakage selection unit, it is preferable to employ a sieve line.
  • the first sieve line 212 is formed in a substantially wave shape in a side view.
  • the 1st sieve line 212 is comprised by the piano wire.
  • the 1st sieve line 212 inclines in the rear end side rise in the side view.
  • the rear end side of the first sieve line 212 is provided at a position higher than the front end side of the second sieve line 213.
  • the first sieving line 212 is provided at the rear end of the first gren pan 211. That is, the first sieving line 212 is fixed to the rear end portion of the first gren pan 211 (the waveform portion located closest to the rear end side).
  • the second sieving line 213 is formed in a substantially wave shape in a side view.
  • the second sieving wire 213 is composed of a piano wire.
  • the 2nd sieve line 213 inclines in the rear end side raise in the side view.
  • the inclination angle of the second sieving line 213 is larger than the inclination angle of the first sieving line 212.
  • the second sieving line 213 is provided at a position higher than the first sieving line 212. Then, at least a part of the second sieve line 213 protrudes upward from the upper side portion of the sheave case 210.
  • the second sieving line 213 is disposed above the front end side of the chaff sheave 215, and at least a part thereof overlaps the front end side of the chaff sheave 215 in plan view. Furthermore, the second sieving line 213 is disposed above the first recovery unit 208, and at least a part thereof overlaps with the first recovery unit 208 in plan view.
  • the first sieving line 212 and the second sieving line 213 are formed in a substantially wave shape, so that the first sieving line 212 and the second sieving line 213 feed the threshing product. Can be granted. Therefore, the first sieving line 212 and the second sieving line 213 can be selected while smoothly transporting the threshing product from the first gren pan 211.
  • the chaff sheave 215 has the threshing processed product roughly selected by the first sieve line 212 and the second sieve line 213. Supplied. Therefore, the sorting load applied to the chaff sheave 215 can be reduced. If the sorting load applied to the chaff sheave 215 can be reduced, a large amount of crops can be sorted without increasing the size of the chaff sheave 215 and thus the threshing device.
  • the first Strollac 216 includes a plurality of first rack plates 216a aligned with a predetermined gap G1 in the left-right direction.
  • the first Strollac 216 is provided at the rear end of the chaff sheave 215.
  • the rear end portion of the first Strollac 216 is disposed so as to overlap the second Strollac 217 (second rack plate fixing member 217b) in plan view.
  • the second Strollac 217 is provided behind the first Strollac 216.
  • the second Strollac 217 includes a plurality of second rack plates 217a aligned at a predetermined interval G2 in the left-right direction, and a second rack plate fixing member to which front end portions of the plurality of second rack plates 217a are fixed. 217b and a second sieving wire 217c is provided between the adjacent second rack plates 217a.
  • the rear end portion of the second Strollac 217 (second rack plate 217a) is disposed so as to overlap the front end portion of the third Strollac 218 (third rack plate fixing member 218b) in plan view.
  • a second sieve wire 217c is fixed to the second rack plate fixing member 217b. That is, the second rack plate 217a is fixed to the lower surface of the second rack plate fixing member 217b, and the second sieve wire 217c is fixed to the upper surface of the second rack plate fixing member 217b.
  • the third Strollac 218 is provided behind the second Strollac 217.
  • the third Strollac 218 includes a plurality of third rack plates 218a aligned at a predetermined interval G3 in the left-right direction, and a third rack plate fixing member to which front end portions of the plurality of third rack plates 218a are fixed. 218b and a third sieving wire 218c between the adjacent third rack plates 218a.
  • a third sieve wire 218c is fixed to the third rack plate fixing member 218b. That is, the third rack plate 218a is fixed to the lower surface of the third rack plate fixing member 218b, and the third sieve wire 218c is fixed to the upper surface of the third rack plate fixing member 218b.
  • the second Strollac 217 and the third Strollac 218 are longer in the front-rear direction than the first Strollac 216.
  • the 2nd Strollac 217 and the 3rd Strollac 218 are comprised by the same member.
  • the 2nd Strollac 217 and the 3rd Strollac 218 are arrange
  • the first Strollac 216 is disposed above the second Strollac 217 and the third Strollac 218. That is, among the first Strollac 216, the second Strollac 217, and the third Strollac 218, the first Strollac 216 is disposed highest.
  • the 1st Strollac 216 and the 2nd Strollac 217 are arrange
  • the second Strollac 217 and the third Strollac 218 are arranged so as to overlap each other in plan view.
  • the interval G2 between the plurality of second rack plates 217a and the interval G3 between the plurality of third rack plates 218a are the same.
  • the interval G1 between the plurality of first rack plates 216a is larger than the interval G2 between the plurality of second rack plates 217a and the interval G3 between the plurality of third rack plates 218a.
  • the threshing processed product from the rear end portion of the chaff sheave 215 falls from the first Strollac 216 to the second Strollac 217, and the lump of the threshing processed product is formed by the impact at the time of the fall. Unravel. Then, the loosened threshing product is sorted by the third Strollac 218 in addition to the second Strollac 217. Therefore, the recovery rate of the grain can be improved for the threshing processed product from the rear end portion of the chaff sheave 215.
  • the combine 301 is an all-throw-in type combine that harvests crops such as rice and wheat.
  • the combine 301 includes a traveling unit 302 that supports the aircraft, a driving unit 303 that is positioned above the traveling unit 302, a reaping unit 304 that is positioned in front of the driving unit 303, and a threshing unit 305 that is positioned behind the aircraft.
  • the storage part 306 located above the threshing part 305 is provided.
  • the traveling unit 302 includes a pair of left and right front wheels 307 and a rear wheel 308 that is a steering wheel, and a traveling transmission (not shown) that transmits power from the engine to the pair of left and right front wheels 307 and rear wheel 308. ing.
  • the traveling transmission is provided with a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission (corresponding to “transmission”, “first working part”, hereinafter referred to as “HST”).
  • the cutting unit 304 is provided with a cutting blade 360 for cutting a crop stalk.
  • the cutting unit 304 swings around the swing fulcrum P due to expansion and contraction of a hydraulic cylinder (not shown) and moves up and down.
  • the cutting unit 304 is provided with a scraping reel 361 that causes a crop to rotate by rotating around a left and right axis (not shown) and scrapes the trimmed stems backward.
  • the take-up reel 361 swings around the swing fulcrum Q by the expansion and contraction of a hydraulic cylinder (not shown) and moves up and down.
  • the driver 303 is supported by a driver's seat 310 disposed at the center of the fuselage and a lever box 313 disposed on the right side of the driver's seat 310, and shifts with respect to the HST.
  • a main transmission lever 311 (corresponding to an “operation lever”) capable of commanding an operation and a steering wheel 314 are provided.
  • the steering wheel 314, the rear wheel 308, which is a steered wheel, can be steered.
  • a lever guide 350 is formed on the upper surface of the lever box 313.
  • the main transmission lever 311 is inserted into the lever guide 350 and supported inside the lever box 313, and is swung along the lever guide 350.
  • the main transmission lever 311 is located in the vicinity of the driver's seat 310 (slightly forward right of the operator D).
  • a road traveling area D1, a work area D2, and a reverse area R are formed in order from the front.
  • the lever box 313 is configured such that the lever guide 350 is positioned at substantially the same height as the seat surface 318 of the driver's seat 310.
  • the main transmission lever 311 when the combine 301 is traveled on a road other than the farm field, the main transmission lever 311 is operated to be positioned in the road travel area D1.
  • the main transmission lever 311 When the harvesting operation is performed on the combine 301 in the field, the main transmission lever 311 is operated to be positioned in the work area D2.
  • the main transmission lever 311 When the combine 301 is moved backward, the main transmission lever 311 is operated to be positioned in the reverse region R.
  • the traveling speed of the aircraft increases as the main shift lever 311 is tilted forward.
  • the reverse region R the speed at which the aircraft reverses increases as the main transmission lever 311 is tilted backward. In this way, the traveling speed of the airframe is adjusted by pushing and pulling the main transmission lever 311 back and forth.
  • the upper surface of the lever box 313 is formed so as to curve upward, and the work area D2 is located at the topmost part of the lever box 313.
  • the main transmission lever 311 is lowered as it is operated forward (position far from the body), and the arm can be extended as compared with the case where the upper surface of the lever box 313 is formed in a horizontal plane. , Do not become cramped.
  • the work area D2 that is frequently used is positioned slightly in front of the operator, so that when the main transmission lever 311 is operated to the work area D2, the cutting work can be performed in an easy posture. .
  • the main transmission lever 311 includes a rocker switch 334 (corresponding to “first command input means”) and a rocker switch 337 (corresponding to “second command input means”). ing.
  • a rocker switch 334 By an input operation of the rocker switch 334, an operation is commanded to the hydraulic cylinder that moves the mowing unit 304 up and down. That is, the hydraulic cylinder that raises and lowers the cutting unit 304 constitutes a cutting lifting control unit (corresponding to a “second working unit”).
  • an operation is commanded to the hydraulic cylinder that raises and lowers the scraping reel 361 by an input operation of the rocker switch 337. That is, the hydraulic cylinder that raises and lowers the scraping reel 361 constitutes a reel raising / lowering control unit (corresponding to a “third working unit”).
  • the main transmission lever 311 is made of resin, and is supported by the lever box 313 via a metal rod 321 as shown in FIG.
  • the main transmission lever 311 includes a grip portion 322 and a shaft portion 323 that supports the grip portion 322.
  • the shaft portion 323 is provided with an insertion hole 346 through which the rocker switch 334 and the electric wiring 345 of the rocker switch 337 are inserted, and an insertion hole 347 through which the rod 321 is inserted.
  • the insertion hole 346 for the electrical wiring 345 and the insertion hole 347 for the rod 321 are provided in an overlapping state.
  • a predetermined clearance 344 is provided in the vertical direction between the bottom surface of the shaft portion 323 and the lever guide 350 of the lever box 313 to avoid interference between the main transmission lever 311 and the lever box 313.
  • a lower end bulging portion 343 bulging in the outer peripheral direction is formed at the lower end portion of the shaft portion 323. Even if the clearance 344 is large, the lower end bulging portion 343 prevents the electric wiring 345 and the rod 321 from being completely visible from the clearance 344. That is, even when the assembly accuracy is not set very high when the main transmission lever 311 is assembled to the rod 321 by increasing the clearance 344, the assembly is good in appearance.
  • the grip portion 322 is formed in a horizontally elongated shape that is rounded as a whole.
  • the grip portion 322 includes a first surface 324, a second surface 326 that is a surface different from the first surface 324, and an upper surface 327 that is a surface different from the first surface 324 and the second surface 326. And a back surface 331 located on the opposite side of the second surface 326.
  • the surface of the grip portion 322 has a rounded shape except for the first surface 324. For this reason, when the index finger f, the middle finger m, the ring finger r, and the little finger p are positioned on the second surface 326 or the upper surface 327, the hand H is easily adapted to the main transmission lever 311.
  • the grip portion 322 is formed to have a lateral width wider than the width of the hand H in plan view. That is, the grip portion 322 is formed such that the width in the direction along the second surface 326 is larger than the width in the direction along the first surface 324.
  • the first surface 324 is a surface on which the thumb t is disposed. As shown in FIGS. 28, 30 and 31, the first surface 324 is formed in a substantially planar shape, and in a plan view, the first surface 324 is positioned forward as it moves away from the left / right center line X of the driver's seat 310 in the left direction. That is, in other words, the first surface 324 is inclined so as to be positioned forward as the distance from the operator D increases in plan view.
  • the boundary portion between the first surface 324 and the second surface 326, the boundary portion between the first surface 324 and the top surface 327, and the boundary portion between the first surface 324 and the back surface 331 are light and square. Is formed. Note that the rocker switch 334 described above is provided on the first surface 324.
  • a cutout portion 325 is formed in the portion of the first surface 324 that extends from the portion closer to the operator D to the back surface 331.
  • the notch 325 is formed in a portion of the first surface 324 that is closer to the operator D.
  • the notch 325 is formed in a triangular shape that expands toward the first surface 324 from the back surface 331 side, and has a rounded shape that curves toward the lever center side of the main transmission lever 311 according to the shape of the thumb t. It is formed in a different shape. Accordingly, when the thumb t is swung around the base to operate the rocker switch 334, the notch 325 serves as a guide for the thumb t.
  • the second surface 326 is a surface on which the index finger f, middle finger m, ring finger r, and little finger p are arranged.
  • the second surface 326 is formed in a rounded shape as a whole, and inclines so as to be located rearward as it moves away from the left and right center line X in the plan view. That is, the second surface 326 is inclined so as to be positioned rearward as it is away from the operator D in plan view.
  • the second surface 326 and the upper surface 327 are formed to be continuous while being slightly rounded. Note that the above-described rocker switch 337 is provided on the second surface 326.
  • an outer bulging portion 328, a recessed portion 329, and an inner bulging portion 330 are formed on the second surface 326 in order of approaching the left-right center line X.
  • the outer bulging portion 328 has an upper end portion (second surface 326) of the second surface 326 at the end portion of the grip portion 322 far from the operator D. And the upper surface 327).
  • the upper end portion of the outer bulging portion 328 is formed continuously with the front end portion of the upper surface 327.
  • the outer bulging portion 328 is formed in an arc shape that curves forward (precisely, slightly diagonally right forward so as to be away from the body of the operator D) in plan view.
  • the recessed portion 329 is continuously formed on the left side of the outer bulging portion 328 as shown in FIGS.
  • the recessed portion 329 has a shape that is recessed toward the back surface 331 from the upper end portion of the upper surface 327 to the lower end portion of the second surface 326.
  • An index finger f can be positioned in the recessed portion 329, which is a clue when the main transmission lever 311 is gripped.
  • the inner bulging portion 330 is formed continuously on the left side of the recessed portion 329.
  • the inner bulging portion 330 is formed by bulging a portion extending between the first surface 324 and the second surface 326 forward (precisely, slightly diagonally forward to the right so as to be away from the body of the operator D).
  • the upper end portion of the inner bulging portion 330 is formed continuously with the front end portion of the upper surface 327.
  • the inner bulging portion 330 has a shape protruding forward when viewed from the front.
  • the index finger f can be hooked on the inner bulging portion 330, and the hand H can be prevented from slipping when the main transmission lever 311 is pulled.
  • the upper surface 327 is a surface on which the palm P1 is mainly placed. As shown in FIGS. 29 and 31, the upper surface 327 is inclined so as to be positioned downward as it moves away from the right and left center line X in the aircraft. That is, the upper surface 327 is inclined so as to be positioned downward as it is away from the operator D. A boundary portion between the upper surface 327 and the rear surface 331 is formed to be continuous while being rounded.
  • the rear surface 331 is a surface on which the palm P1 is mainly abutted when the main transmission lever 311 is pushed.
  • the back surface 331 is rounded so as to be slightly curved toward the driver's seat 310, and is formed adjacent to the top surface 327 and the first surface 324, and It is formed on the opposite side of the surface 326.
  • the back surface 331 is inclined so as to be positioned rearward as it moves away from the right and left center line X in the right direction.
  • the vicinity of the lower end portion of the back surface 331 is formed in a substantially flat shape facing diagonally left rear upward.
  • the end of the grip portion 322 far from the driver's seat 310 that is, the boundary portion between the second surface 326, the upper surface 327, and the rear surface 331, is formed in a shape that bulges in a substantially hemispherical shape toward the right rear side Has been.
  • the grip part 322 is formed with a split surface (not shown) at a position avoiding the portion where the rod 321 is inserted.
  • the grip portion 322 can be divided into two members by a split surface. When the grip portion 322 is divided, maintenance of the electrical wiring 345 and the rod 321 housed in the grip portion 322 can be easily performed.
  • the rocker switch 334 is provided on the first surface 324 as shown in FIGS. 30 to 32.
  • the rocker switch 334 is attached so as to be slightly lifted from the first surface 324 through a resin base 335.
  • the rocker switch 334 is formed on the side of the grip portion 322 that is closer to the operator D.
  • the rocker switch 334 includes one knob 334A and the other knob 334B formed continuously with the one knob 334A.
  • the rocker switch 334 is a momentary switch, and is configured to automatically return to the neutral position when the pressure on one knob 334A or the other knob 334B is released.
  • the rocker switch 334 moves forward from the lower side toward the upper side when at least the main transmission lever 311 is positioned in the front area (the area used during normal cutting work) of the work area D2.
  • One knob 334A is arranged in a state of being positioned above the other knob 334B so as to fall down.
  • the direction in which the one knob 334A and the other knob 334B are arranged is a tangential direction of the circumference centered on the rear apex of the notch 325 (substantially triangular) (the swing locus of the tip of the thumb t). It is inclined so as to be along the tangential direction at the approximate center of the arc.
  • the rocker switch 334 is arranged so that the inclination direction of the rocker switch 334 is along the swinging direction of the thumb t. For this reason, the movement which operates one knob 334A or the other knob 334B with thumb t can be performed easily.
  • the rocker switch 334 is directed upward from below. Accordingly, the thumb t does not become unreasonable during the swinging operation, and the rocker switch 334 is easy to operate.
  • the cutting part 304 When one knob 334A is swung by pressing, the cutting part 304 is raised, and when the other knob 334B is swung by pressing, the cutting part 304 is lowered. That is, when one knob 334A is pressed, the rocker switch 334 inputs an operation command to the cutting unit 304, and when the other knob 334B is pressed, the command when the one knob 334A is pressed to the cutting unit 304 is Are configured to input commands for conflicting operations. Further, when the pressing of the one knob 334A or the other knob 334B is released, the raising and lowering of the cutting unit 304 is stopped.
  • the raising of the cutting unit 304 is realized by the operation of the knob 334A located above, and the lowering of the cutting unit 304 is realized by the knob 334B located below, so that the raising and lowering of the cutting unit 304 is performed.
  • the operation and the operation of the rocker switch 334 are sensuously linked, so that quick selection of the knobs 334A and 334B and a selection mistake between the knob 334A and the knob 334B hardly occur.
  • the rocker switch 337 is disposed at a position slightly distant from the outer bulging portion 328 on the second surface 326 (a position slightly distant from the upper surface 327). That is, the rocker switch 337 is disposed at a position that is difficult to reach when the middle finger m and the ring finger r are bent slightly, but is sufficiently reached when the middle finger m and the ring finger r are consciously extended.
  • the rocker switch 337 is attached so as to be slightly lifted from the second surface 326 via a resin base 338.
  • the rocker switch 337 is formed on the side of the grip portion 322 that is farther from the operator D.
  • the rocker switch 337 includes one knob 337A and the other knob 337B formed continuously to the one knob 337A.
  • the rocker switch 337 is disposed in an inclined state so that one knob 337A is positioned above the other knob 337B.
  • the rocker switch 337 is inclined along the inclination direction of the upper surface 327.
  • the rocker switch 337 is a momentary switch, and is configured to automatically return to the neutral position when the pressure on one knob 337A or the other knob 337B is released.
  • the scraping reel 361 When one knob 337A is swung by pressing, the scraping reel 361 is raised. When the other knob 337B is swung by pressing, the scraping reel 361 is lowered. In other words, when one knob 337A is pressed, the rocker switch 337 inputs an operation command to the scraping reel 361, and when the other knob 337B is pressed, when the one knob 337A is pressed against the scraping reel 361. It is configured to input a command for an operation that is contrary to the command. Further, when the pressing of one knob 337A or the other knob 337B is released, the raising and lowering of the scraping reel 361 is stopped.
  • the raising of the scraping reel 361 (the operation of approaching the body of the operator D) is realized by the operation of the knob 337A located on the side close to the body of the operator D, and the lowering of the scraping reel 361 (the operator) The operation of moving away from the body of D) is realized by the knob 337B located on the side far from the body of the operator D, so that the raising and lowering operation of the scraping reel 361 and the operation of the rocker switch 337 are sensuously linked.
  • quick selection of the knobs 337A and 337B and selection mistake between the knobs 337A and 337B are unlikely to occur.
  • the main transmission lever 311 When accelerating the airframe, the main transmission lever 311 is pushed forward by pushing the back 331 forward with the palm P1. At this time, it is not necessary to apply much force to the thumb t, the index finger f, the middle finger m, the ring finger r, and the little finger p. Therefore, the operation of the rocker switch 334 with the thumb t and the operation of the rocker switch 337 with the middle finger m and the ring finger r. Is possible.
  • the main transmission lever 311 is pulled backward by hooking the index finger f, middle finger m, ring finger r, and little finger p on the second surface 326 and pulling it.
  • the rocker switch 334 since it is not necessary to apply much force to the thumb t, the middle finger m, and the ring finger r, it is possible to operate the rocker switch 334 with the thumb t and the rocker switch 337 with the middle finger m and the ring finger r. .
  • the rocker switch 337 is arranged on the second surface 326 so that it is difficult to reach when the middle finger m and the ring finger r are bent slightly, but is disposed at a position that can be reached when the middle finger m and the ring finger r are consciously extended. It is possible to prevent the rocker switch 337 from being erroneously operated when the shift lever 311 is pulled.
  • the rocker switch 334 is operated with the thumb t while the body is accelerated or decelerated, and the cutting unit 304 is moved up and down, or the rocker switch 337 is moved with the middle finger m and the ring finger r.
  • the scraping reel 361 can be moved up and down by operating.
  • the cutting height of the crop stalk by the cutting blade 360 of the cutting unit 304 and the scraping reel are adjusted while decelerating the forward speed of the aircraft according to the fall state of the crop. It is preferable that the height of the scraping action of the stalks cut by 361 can be appropriately changed. With the main transmission lever 311 having this configuration, such a work can be easily performed by one-handed operation.
  • the main transmission lever 311 When switching between traveling on a road other than the field, traveling during work on the field, and reverse, the main transmission lever 311 is moved between the road traveling area D1, the work area D2, and the reverse area R.
  • the main transmission lever 311 When moving the main transmission lever 311 from the road traveling area D1 to the work area D2 and when moving the reverse transmission area R to the work area D2, the main transmission lever 311 is pushed leftward. At this time, since the index finger f can be hooked on the inner bulging portion 330, the index finger f does not slip. Moreover, it becomes easy to apply force by grasping the outer bulging portion 328 with the ring finger r and the little finger p.
  • the main speed change lever 311 When the main speed change lever 311 is moved from the work area D2 to the reverse area R and when the main speed change lever 311 is moved from the work area D2 to the road travel area D1, the main speed change lever 311 is pushed rightward. At this time, since the base of the thumb t can be hooked on the notch 325, the thumb t can be prevented from slipping. Moreover, it becomes easy to apply force by grasping the outer bulging portion 328 with the ring finger r and the little finger p.
  • the second working unit is a cutting lift control unit composed of a hydraulic cylinder that lifts and lowers the cutting unit 304
  • the third working unit is a hydraulic pressure that lifts and lowers the scraping reel 361.
  • the reel lifting / lowering control unit including a cylinder is used, the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the second working unit may be a reel lifting control unit and the third working unit may be a cutting lifting control unit.
  • the second working unit or the third working unit may be another working unit different from the cutting lifting control unit and the reel lifting control unit.
  • a corn harvester may be used to harvest corn.
  • a corn harvester 401 is provided with a harvesting unit 402 that harvests crops in the field, and a rotating chopper 403 that crushes stalks remaining in the field after harvesting the crops. Yes.
  • the harvesting unit 402 swings around the swing fulcrum P2 by the expansion and contraction of the hydraulic cylinder 404 and moves up and down.
  • the second working unit is a harvesting lift control unit including a hydraulic cylinder 404 that moves the harvesting unit 402 up and down.
  • the harvesting unit 402 may be swung up and down based on an operation of a rocker switch 334 provided in the main transmission lever 311.
  • the raising of the harvesting unit 402 is realized by operating a knob located above the rocker switch 334, and the lowering of the harvesting unit 402 is realized by a knob located below the rocker switch 334. It may be.
  • the raising / lowering operation of the harvesting unit 402 and the operation of the rocker switch 334 are sensuously linked, so that a knob can be selected quickly and a knob selection error is unlikely to occur.
  • Rotating chopper 403 is swingable up and down around the left and right axis of the machine body.
  • the rotating chopper 403 swings around the swing fulcrum P3 by the expansion and contraction of the hydraulic cylinder 405 and moves up and down.
  • the third working unit is a rotary chopper lift control unit including a hydraulic cylinder 405 that lifts and lowers the rotary chopper 403.
  • the swing chopper 403 may be moved up and down based on an operation of a rocker switch 337 provided in the main transmission lever 311.
  • the rotation of the rotary chopper 403 (operation approaching the operator D's body) is realized by operating a knob located above the rocker switch 337 (side closer to the operator D's body), and the rotary chopper 403 It may be configured that the lowering of 403 (the operation of moving away from the operator D's body) is realized by a knob located below (on the side farther from the operator D's body) of the rocker switch 337.
  • the lifting / lowering operation of the rotating chopper 403 and the operation of the rocker switch 337 are sensuously linked, so that a knob can be selected quickly and a knob selection error is unlikely to occur.
  • the second working unit is a harvesting lift control unit composed of a hydraulic cylinder 404 that lifts and lowers the harvesting unit 402
  • the third working unit is a rotary chopper lifting / lowering composed of a hydraulic cylinder 405 that lifts and lowers the rotary chopper 403.
  • a 2nd working part as a rotation chopper raising / lowering control part
  • a 3rd working part as a harvest raising / lowering control part.
  • notch 325 is formed in the grip 322 in the above-described fourth embodiment, a grip not having the notch 325 may be used.
  • the grip portion 322 is formed so that the width in the direction along the second surface 326 is larger than the width in the direction along the first surface 324 in plan view. In plan view, the width in the direction along the first surface 324 may be larger than the width in the direction along the second surface 326.
  • the upper surface 327 of the grip portion 322 is inclined so as to be positioned downward as it is farther from the operator D, but is not limited thereto.
  • positioned in the state where the upper surface is substantially horizontal may be sufficient.
  • the outer bulging portion 328, the recessed portion 329, and the inner bulging portion 330 are formed in the grip portion 322, but the outer bulging portion 328 and the recessed portion 329 are formed. Moreover, the grip part in which the inner side bulging part 330 is formed arbitrarily may be sufficient.
  • the lever guide 350 that guides the main transmission lever 311 is provided at substantially the same height as the seat surface 318 of the driver's seat 310.
  • the seat 310 may be provided at a different height from the seat surface 318.
  • the shaft portion 323 of the main transmission lever 311 has an insertion hole 346 for the electric wiring 345 of the rocker switch 334 and the rocker switch 337, and the rod 321 that supports the main transmission lever 311.
  • the present invention is not limited to this.
  • An electric wiring 345 arranged around the main transmission lever 311 may be used.
  • the first surface 324 is inclined so as to be positioned forward as it is farther from the operator D in plan view.
  • the surface may be substantially parallel to the longitudinal direction of the aircraft.
  • the insertion hole 346 for the electrical wiring 345 and the insertion hole 347 for the rod 321 are provided in an overlapping state.
  • the insertion hole 346 and the insertion hole 347 for the rod 321 do not overlap and may be provided independently.
  • the lower end bulging portion 343 is formed in the grip portion 322, but a grip portion in which the lower end bulging portion 343 is not formed may be used.
  • the driving unit 303 is provided with the steering wheel 314.
  • another steering support is provided on the steering lever or the like. It may be.
  • the raising of the cutting unit 304 is realized by the operation of the knob 334A, and the lowering of the cutting unit 304 is realized by the knob 334B.
  • the present invention is not limited to this. is not.
  • the configuration in which the raising of the cutting unit 304 is realized by the operation of the knob 334B and the lowering of the cutting unit 304 is realized by the knob 334A may be reversed.
  • the raising of the scraping reel 361 is realized by the operation of the knob 337A and the lowering of the scraping reel 361 is realized by the knob 334B. It is not something that can be done.
  • a configuration in which the raising of the scraping reel 361 is realized by the operation of the knob 337B and the lowering of the scraping reel 361 may be realized by the knob 334A.
  • the first command input means is the rocker switch 334 and the second command input means is the rocker switch 337.
  • each of the first command input unit and the second command input unit may be two push button switches for instructing the opposite operations.
  • the first command input means and the second command input means may be a single pushbutton switch that performs two different types of commands by a short press operation and a long press operation, respectively.
  • the main transmission lever 311 has been described as an example of the operation lever.
  • the present invention can also be applied to the auxiliary transmission lever.
  • the traveling unit 302 is configured by a plurality of wheels, but the traveling unit 302 may be configured by a crawler device.
  • the rear wheel 308 is a steered wheel, but the front wheel 307 may be a steered wheel.
  • the present invention relates to a crawler traveling device equipped in a normal combine having a threshing device that is put into a handling room together with a head side in addition to a combine equipped with a self-throwing threshing device.
  • the present invention can be used for a crawler traveling device mounted on a harvester, a tractor, a backhoe, or a work vehicle such as a transport vehicle that harvests crops other than cereals such as onions and carrots.
  • Crawler travel device 3 Airframe frame 6: Mounting member (reinforcing plate) 6a: Female thread 8: Roller shaft 10: Cutting part 11: Driver's seat 12: Threshing device 17: Mission case 20: Track frame 21: Drive sprocket 22: Tension sprocket 23: Rolling wheel 26: Crawler belt 25: Guide wheel 27: Cross beam 28: Crawler guide 30: Advance / Treatment Mechanism 31: Holding unit 31a: side plate 31b: base 32: Support rod 33: Adjustment screw mechanism 33a: Adjustment screw body 33b: first screw body receiving portion 33c: Second screw body receiving portion 60: Mounting unit 60A: channel member 60B: Boss member 61: Side plate 62: Bottom plate 63: Guide wheel mounting unit 63a: Bracket plate 80: Ball bearing 81: Seal member 82: Breeder 90: Fixing bolt 91: Placing plate 106: Feeder 107: Feeder case 112: Dust absorption fan 113: Motor 114: Breaker 115: Fan case 120

Abstract

Provided is a tracked running gear device in which attachment structure of a track roller for a track frame is improved. The tracked running gear device is provided with a drive sprocket (21) disposed at the front of a track frame (20) supported by a chassis frame (3), a tracked running gear belt (26) looped around a tension sprocket (22) disposed at the rear of the track frame (20), and a plurality of track rollers (23) which guide the tracked running gear belt (26) with respect to the ground. An attachment member (6) disposed on the track frame (20) is provided with an attachment unit (60) which is detachably attached and extends in the longitudinal direction of the chassis. The attachment unit (60) provides bearing support for multiple units of the track rollers (23) which are lined up in the vehicle body longitudinal direction.

Description

クローラ走行装置及び収穫機Crawler traveling device and harvester
 本発明は、クローラ走行装置及び収穫機に関する。 The present invention relates to a crawler traveling device and a harvester.

[1]車体前後方向に延びたトラックフレームの前端と後端とに、駆動スプロケットとテンションスプロケットとが設けられ、さらに駆動スプロケットとテンションスプロケットとの間においてトラックフレームの下面に複数の転輪が取り付けられているクローラ走行装置が、特許文献1から知られている。このクローラ走行装置では、トラックフレームの下面側に厚肉の取付プレートが溶接等によって固定されており、さらにこの取付プレートの下面に、転輪を支持する支持軸を軸受している支持体がボルト固定されている。この支持体は支持軸を軸受するボス部とこのボス部から上方に延びた断面T字形のフランジ部とを備えている。フランジ部には貫通孔が設けられ、取付プレートには、この貫通孔と同軸心となる雌ねじが設けられている。フランジ部の上面を取付プレートの下面に合わせ、フランジ部を取付プレートにボルト連結することで、支持体は、取付プレートつまりトラックフレームに対して着脱可能に固定される。この支持体は、1つの転輪を支持するボス部とフランジ部とが一体的に鋳造された鋳物品として製造されており、1つの転輪に対して1つの支持体が対応している。つまり、各転輪に対して1つの支持体が個別に設けられているので、転輪の数が多い場合、組み立て工数が増えるとともに、支持体の製造コストが高くなる。また、保守点検等で、すべての転輪を取り外す場合、各転輪がばらばらになってしまう。

[1] A drive sprocket and tension sprocket are provided at the front and rear ends of the track frame extending in the longitudinal direction of the vehicle body, and a plurality of wheels are attached to the lower surface of the track frame between the drive sprocket and the tension sprocket. A known crawler travel device is known from US Pat. In this crawler traveling device, a thick mounting plate is fixed to the lower surface side of the track frame by welding or the like, and a support body bearing a support shaft for supporting the wheel is mounted on the lower surface of the mounting plate. It is fixed. This support body includes a boss portion that supports the support shaft and a flange portion having a T-shaped cross section that extends upward from the boss portion. The flange portion is provided with a through hole, and the mounting plate is provided with a female screw that is coaxial with the through hole. By aligning the upper surface of the flange portion with the lower surface of the mounting plate and bolting the flange portion to the mounting plate, the support body is detachably fixed to the mounting plate, that is, the track frame. This support body is manufactured as a cast article in which a boss portion and a flange portion that support one wheel are integrally cast, and one support body corresponds to one wheel. That is, since one support is individually provided for each wheel, when the number of wheels is large, the number of assembling steps increases and the manufacturing cost of the support increases. In addition, when removing all the wheels for maintenance or the like, the wheels are separated.
[2]上記のような収穫機として、例えば、特許文献2に記載の収穫機が既に知られている。この特許文献2に記載の収穫機は、吸塵ファン(文献では、吸引排塵フアン)と、捕捉部材(文献では、網体)と、を備えている。吸塵ファンは、フィーダケース(文献では、フイーダハウス)内の塵埃を吸塵口から吸引して外部に排出する。捕捉部材は、吸塵口に取り付けら、吸塵ファンに向かって流れる穀稈を捕捉する。これにより、吸塵ファンへの穀稈の吸い込みの防止を図ることができる。 [2] As the harvesting machine as described above, for example, the harvesting machine described in Patent Document 2 is already known. The harvesting machine described in Patent Document 2 includes a dust suction fan (a suction dust exhaust fan in the literature) and a capturing member (a net body in the literature). The dust suction fan sucks dust in a feeder case (in the literature, feeder house) from a dust suction port and discharges it to the outside. The capture member is attached to the dust suction port and captures the cereals that flow toward the dust suction fan. Thereby, prevention of the suction | inhalation of the grain straw to a dust suction fan can be aimed at.
[3]従来より、上記のような収穫機に備えられた脱穀装置は、公知となっている。例えば、特許文献3に記載の脱穀装置には、シーブケースの上部前端に配備した前部グレンパン、左右方向に所定間隔を隔てて整列する状態で前部グレンパンの後端部から後方に向けて延設した複数の篩線、前部グレンパンの後下方に位置するようにシーブケースの前上部に配備した補助グレンパン、左右方向に所定間隔を隔てて整列する状態で補助グレンパンの後端部から後方に向けて延設した複数の補助篩線、が備えられている。この篩線及び補助篩線は、処理物を篩い選別して、単粒化穀粒や枝梗付き穀粒などを漏下させながら、切れワラなどを後方に向けて移送する。 [3] Conventionally, a threshing device provided in the harvester as described above has been publicly known. For example, the threshing apparatus described in Patent Document 3 includes a front gren pan arranged at the upper front end of the sheave case, and extends rearward from the rear end of the front gren pan in a state of being aligned at a predetermined interval in the left-right direction. A plurality of sieve lines installed, an auxiliary grain pan arranged at the front upper part of the sheave case so as to be located below the front grain pan, and rearward from the rear end of the auxiliary grain pan in a state of being aligned at a predetermined interval in the left-right direction A plurality of auxiliary sieve wires extending toward the surface are provided. The sieve line and the auxiliary sieve line are used to screen the processed material and transfer the cut straw and the like backward while letting the single-grained grains, grain with branches and the like leak through.
[4]従来、このような技術として、特許文献4に示されるように、運転部における座席の左方に、操作レバー(文献では、「主変速レバー」)を配置したものがある。この特許文献4に記載の技術では、操作レバーの握り部の後面に、第1の指令入力手段(文献では、「刈取昇降スイッチ」)と、第2の指令入力手段(文献では、「リールクロススイッチ」)が備えられている。
[4] Conventionally, as such a technique, as shown in Patent Document 4, there is one in which an operation lever ("main transmission lever" in the literature) is arranged on the left side of the seat in the driving section. In the technique described in Patent Document 4, a first command input means (“cutting lift switch” in the literature) and a second command input means (“reel cross” in the literature) are provided on the rear surface of the grip portion of the operation lever. Switch ").

 特許文献4に記載の技術によれば、左手で操作レバーを握ったまま、左手の指一本(例えば親指)で第1の指令入力手段や第2の指令入力手段の入力操作を行うことが可能であり、複数の制御対象への動作指令を片手で行うことができる。

According to the technique described in Patent Document 4, the first command input means and the second command input means can be input with one finger (for example, thumb) of the left hand while holding the operation lever with the left hand. It is possible, and an operation command to a plurality of control objects can be performed with one hand.

特開2003-276661号公報JP 2003-276661 A 特開2003-174815号公報JP 2003-174815 A 特開2007-20419号公報JP 2007-20419 A 特開2007-244335号公報JP 2007-244335 A
[1]背景技術[1]に対応する課題は以下の通りである。
 上記実情から、トラックフレームに対する転輪の支持構造が改善されたクローラ走行装置が要望されている。
[1] Issues corresponding to the background art [1] are as follows.
In view of the above circumstances, there is a demand for a crawler traveling device having an improved support structure for the wheel for the track frame.
[2]背景技術[2]に対応する課題は以下の通りである。
 上記従来の収穫機では、捕捉部材が網状部材で構成されている、つまり、捕捉部材は、吸塵口に亘って互いに交差するように配置された複数の棒状部材を備えているため、捕捉された穀稈が捕捉部材に絡み付き易い。そして、捕捉部材に大量の穀稈が絡み付くと、捕捉部材に絡み付いた穀稈(ワラ溜り)が抵抗になって、吸塵ファンが塵埃を吸引し難くなることがあった。
[2] Issues corresponding to the background art [2] are as follows.
In the above-mentioned conventional harvesting machine, the capturing member is constituted by a net-like member, that is, the capturing member includes a plurality of rod-shaped members arranged so as to cross each other over the dust suction port. The cereals are easily entangled with the capturing member. When a large amount of cereal tangled around the capturing member, the cereal entangled (stirwell) entangled with the capturing member becomes a resistance, making it difficult for the dust suction fan to suck the dust.

 本発明は以上の如き状況に鑑みてなされたものであり、捕捉された穀稈が捕捉部材に絡み付き難い収穫機を提供することを目的とする。

The present invention has been made in view of the above situation, and an object thereof is to provide a harvesting machine in which the trapped cereal is less likely to be entangled with the capturing member.
[3]背景技術[3]に対応する課題は以下の通りである。
 しかしながら、特許文献3に記載の脱穀装置では、篩線及び補助篩線が側面視において略平坦に(水平方向に略直線状に延びるように)形成されているため、処理物を後方に向けて円滑に搬送する点で改善の余地があった。
[3] Issues corresponding to the background art [3] are as follows.
However, in the threshing device described in Patent Document 3, the sieve line and the auxiliary sieve line are formed to be substantially flat in a side view (so as to extend substantially linearly in the horizontal direction), so that the processed product is directed rearward. There was room for improvement in terms of smooth transport.

 本発明は以上の如き状況に鑑みてなされたものであり、篩い線によってグレンパンからの脱穀処理物を円滑に搬送しつつ選別することができる脱穀装置を備えた収穫機を提供することを目的とする。

The present invention has been made in view of the situation as described above, and an object thereof is to provide a harvester equipped with a threshing device capable of selecting a threshing processed product from a grain pan while smoothly conveying with a sieving line. To do.
[4]背景技術[4]に対応する課題は以下の通りである。
 しかしながら、特許文献4に記載の技術では、相異なる入力操作方式の第1の指令入力手段と第2の指令入力手段とが同一面に配設されているので、両手段を取り違えて操作してしまう可能性があるだけでなく、複雑な指(例えば親指)の動きが必要となって、操作レバーを同時操作するとき等は特に思い通りに操作入力ができない場合がある。
[4] Issues corresponding to the background art [4] are as follows.
However, in the technique described in Patent Document 4, the first command input means and the second command input means of different input operation methods are arranged on the same surface, so that both means can be mistakenly operated. In addition, there is a possibility that complicated finger (for example, thumb) movement is required, and operation input cannot be performed as expected particularly when the operation levers are operated simultaneously.

 本発明は上記実情に鑑み、2つの指令入力手段を備えた操作レバーについて、誤操作が少なく、かつ、操作性の良い収穫機を提供することを目的とする。

In view of the above circumstances, an object of the present invention is to provide a harvesting machine with few misoperations and good operability for an operation lever provided with two command input means.
[1]課題[1]に対応する解決手段は以下の通りである。
 上記課題を解決するため、本発明によるクローラ走行装置は、機体前後方向に延びて機体フレームに支持されたトラックフレームと、前記トラックフレームの前部に配置された駆動スプロケットと、前記トラックフレームの後部に配置されたテンションスプロケットと、前記駆動スプロケットと前記テンションスプロケットとにわたって掛け回されたクローラベルトと、前記クローラベルトを対地案内する複数の転輪が備えられ、前記トラックフレームに設けられた取付部材に着脱自在に取り付けられる機体前後方向に延びた取付ユニットが備えられ、前記取付ユニットが車体前後方向に並んだ前記転輪を複数単位で軸受け支持している。
[1] The means for solving the problem [1] is as follows.
In order to solve the above-described problems, a crawler traveling device according to the present invention includes a track frame that extends in the longitudinal direction of the aircraft and is supported by the aircraft frame, a drive sprocket disposed at a front portion of the track frame, and a rear portion of the track frame. A tension sprocket disposed on the crawler belt, a crawler belt wound around the drive sprocket and the tension sprocket, and a plurality of wheels for guiding the crawler belt to the ground. A mounting unit that is detachably mounted and extends in the longitudinal direction of the machine body is provided, and the mounting unit supports the rolling wheels arranged in the longitudinal direction of the vehicle body in a plurality of units.

 この構成によれば、取付部材に対して、結果的にはトラックフレームに対して着脱自在に固定される取付ユニットには、複数の転輪が軸受支持されているので、複数の転輪が一体的に、トラックフレームに対して取り外しまたは取付を行うことができる。また各転輪がばらばらになってしまうことはない。

According to this configuration, since the plurality of rollers are supported by the mounting unit and, consequently, the mounting unit that is detachably fixed to the track frame, the plurality of rollers are integrated. In particular, the track frame can be removed or attached. Moreover, each wheel does not fall apart.

 複数の転輪をユニットとして取り扱う取付ユニットは、簡単な構造であって、トラックフレームに対する着脱作業が容易であることが要求される。本発明の好適な実施形態の1つでは、前記取付ユニットは、機体前後方向に延びるとともに下方に開口した溝形部材と機体前後方向に間隔をあけて配置されたボス部材とからなり、前記溝形部材の底板部が前記取付部材にボルト固定され、前記ボス部材に前記転輪を装着する転輪軸が軸受けされる。取付ユニットを長尺の溝形部材とこの溝形部材の開口側に転輪の配置ピッチに合わせて転輪軸を軸受するボス部材を設けているので、溝形部材の底板部を用いて取付ユニットをトラックフレームにボルト固定するだけで、ユニット化された複数の転輪がトラックフレームに固定されることになる。また、溝形部材の底板部を用いてボルト固定されているので、ボルト締結箇所が溝形部材の溝内に位置することになり、外部からの泥水や異物の侵入を抑えることができる。

An attachment unit that handles a plurality of wheels as a unit is required to have a simple structure and to be easily attached to and detached from the track frame. In one preferred embodiment of the present invention, the mounting unit includes a groove-shaped member that extends in the longitudinal direction of the machine body and opens downward, and a boss member that is disposed at an interval in the longitudinal direction of the machine body. A bottom plate portion of the shape member is bolted to the mounting member, and a wheel shaft for mounting the wheel on the boss member is supported. Since the mounting unit is provided with a long channel member and a boss member that supports the wheel shaft in accordance with the arrangement pitch of the wheel on the opening side of the channel member, the mounting unit is formed using the bottom plate portion of the channel member. By simply bolting to the track frame, a plurality of unitized wheels are fixed to the track frame. Moreover, since it is bolt-fixed using the baseplate part of a groove-shaped member, a bolt fastening location will be located in the groove | channel of a groove-shaped member, and the penetration | invasion of muddy water and a foreign material from the outside can be suppressed.

 トラックフレームには、軽量化のために比較的薄肉の角パイプが使用されることが多い。したがって、取付ユニットをトラックフレームにボルト固定する場合には、トラックフレームと取付ユニットとの間に位置する取付部材にボルト締め付け力を受けさせることが好ましい。本発明の好適な実施形態の1つでは、前記取付部材は前記トラックフレームを構成するフレーム体に固定された補強板であり、前記補強板に前記ボルト固定のための雌ねじ(雌ねじを形成した孔)が形成されている。ボルト固定箇所以外での取付部材の存在は重量化を招くので、ボルト固定箇所にだけ取付部材を存在させることが望ましい。そのためには、取付部材は、機体前後方向で互いに間隔をあけて配置される複数の取付部材片として構成するとよい。そのような取付部材がトラックフレームの補強板として機能できる形状寸法をとることで、トラックフレームに対する付加的な補強板の必要性が低くなる。

The track frame often uses a relatively thin square pipe for weight reduction. Therefore, when the mounting unit is bolted to the track frame, it is preferable that the mounting member positioned between the track frame and the mounting unit is subjected to a bolt tightening force. In one preferred embodiment of the present invention, the mounting member is a reinforcing plate fixed to a frame body constituting the track frame, and a female screw (a hole in which a female screw is formed) is formed on the reinforcing plate for fixing the bolt. ) Is formed. Since the presence of the mounting member other than at the bolt fixing point causes weight increase, it is desirable that the mounting member be present only at the bolt fixing point. For this purpose, the mounting member may be configured as a plurality of mounting member pieces that are spaced apart from each other in the longitudinal direction of the body. By taking such a dimension that allows the mounting member to function as a reinforcing plate for the track frame, the need for an additional reinforcing plate for the track frame is reduced.

 取付ユニットの好適な具体的構成の1つでは、前記溝形部材は、前記取付部材に接当する底板部と前記底板部の各側縁から延びた左右一対の側板部とからなる横断面U字状の長尺部材であり、前記ボス部材は前記左右一対の側板部に跨って接合されている。つまり、溝形部材として、溝形鋼としてよく知られているような単純な形状鋼材を下向きにして用いるとともに、その側板部の縁部にボス部材を溶接等で接合するだけの簡単な構造が採用されることで、製造コスト的に有利となる。

In one preferred specific configuration of the mounting unit, the channel-shaped member has a transverse section U formed of a bottom plate portion contacting the mounting member and a pair of left and right side plate portions extending from each side edge of the bottom plate portion. It is a character-like long member, and the boss member is joined across the pair of left and right side plates. In other words, as a groove-shaped member, a simple shape steel material well known as groove-shaped steel is used facing downward, and a simple structure that only joins a boss member to the edge of the side plate portion by welding or the like. By being adopted, it is advantageous in terms of manufacturing cost.

 取付ユニットをトラックフレームに固定する固定ボルトの締め付け作業時に、ボス部材が邪魔にならないようにするため、本発明の好適な実施形態の1つでは、前記溝形部材の底板部には機体前後方向に間隔をあけてボルト固定用の取付孔が形成されており、前記取付孔の機体前後方向形成間隔の中間に前記ボス部材が接合されている。

In order to prevent the boss member from getting in the way during the tightening operation of the fixing bolt for fixing the mounting unit to the track frame, in one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention, the bottom plate portion of the channel member has a longitudinal direction of the body. A mounting hole for fixing the bolt is formed with a gap therebetween, and the boss member is joined in the middle of the mounting hole in the front-rear direction.

 テンションスプロケットの取付構造に関する本発明の好適な実施形態の1つでは、前記テンションスプロケットの機体前後方向に延びた支持ロッドが前記トラックフレームの延び方向に沿って変位可能に前記トラックフレームに支持され、前記トラックフレームが筒体であり、前記支持ロッドが前記筒体の内側断面に一致またはほぼ一致する外側断面を有し、前記支持ロッドは前記トラックフレームの内面に案内されて前記トラックフレーム内を摺動し、前記取付部材に前記溝形部材の底板部をボルト固定するためのボルトの先端が前記トラックフレーム内に入って前記支持ロッドと干渉しないように、前記取付部材の長さと前記ボルトの長さが設定されている。テンションスプロケットを機体前後方向に移動させる機構が、トラックフレームを形成する筒体の内部を摺動する支持ロッドで構成されることで、追加的な案内部材が削減され、またトラックフレーム周辺の構造がすっきりしたものとなる。

In one preferred embodiment of the present invention relating to a tension sprocket mounting structure, a support rod extending in the longitudinal direction of the tension sprocket is supported by the track frame so as to be displaceable along the direction in which the track frame extends. The track frame is a cylinder, and the support rod has an outer cross section that coincides with or substantially coincides with the inner cross section of the cylinder, and the support rod is guided by the inner surface of the track frame and slides in the track frame. The length of the mounting member and the length of the bolt so that the tip of the bolt for bolting the bottom plate portion of the channel member to the mounting member does not enter the track frame and interfere with the support rod. Is set. The mechanism that moves the tension sprocket in the longitudinal direction of the airframe is composed of a support rod that slides inside the cylinder forming the track frame, so that additional guide members are reduced and the structure around the track frame is reduced. It will be neat.

 転輪に関して、前記転輪軸が前記ボス部材の両端から突出する突出部を有し、各突出部に前記転輪を構成する転輪ハーフ体が固定されている構成を採用することで、クローラベルトの突起を外側から接当して、クローラベルトを良好に案内することができる。

With respect to the wheel, the crawler belt has a configuration in which the wheel shaft has protrusions protruding from both ends of the boss member, and a roller half body constituting the wheel is fixed to each protrusion. The crawler belt can be guided well by contacting the projections from the outside.

 本発明の好適な実施形態の1つでは、前記クローラベルトの下側回送ベルト辺を案内する機体前後方向に延びたクローラガイドが前記溝形部材の側板部間に挟まれた姿勢で前記溝形部材にボルト連結されている。この構成を採用することで、取付ユニットが転輪だけでなく、クローラガイドも安定した両持ち支持の形態でトラックフレームに取り付けることができ、品質的かつコスト的に有利となる。また、前記クローラベルトの上側回送ベルト辺を案内する案内輪がブラケットを介して前記トラックフレームに取り付けられている構成を採用することで、ブラケットはトラックフレームから上側回送ベルト辺にまっすぐ上方に延びる簡単な構造となり、同様に品質的及びコスト的に有利となる。

In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the groove shape is configured such that a crawler guide extending in the front-rear direction of the machine body for guiding the lower side of the crawler belt is sandwiched between side plate portions of the groove member. It is bolted to the member. By adopting this configuration, it is possible to attach the mounting unit to the track frame in the form of stable both-end support as well as the crawler guide as well as the rolling wheels, which is advantageous in terms of quality and cost. Further, by adopting a configuration in which guide wheels for guiding the upper feeding belt side of the crawler belt are attached to the track frame via a bracket, the bracket can be easily extended straight upward from the track frame to the upper feeding belt side. This is advantageous in terms of quality and cost.
[2]課題[2]に対応する解決手段は以下の通りである。
 本発明の特徴は、天板に吸塵口が形成されたフィーダケースを有し、このフィーダケース内で刈取穀稈を搬送するフィーダと、前記フィーダケース内の塵埃を前記吸塵口から吸引して外部に排出する吸塵ファンと、前記吸塵口に取り付けられ、前記吸塵ファンに向かって流れる穀稈を捕捉する捕捉部材と、を備え、前記捕捉部材は、前記吸塵口に亘って互いに交差しないように配置された複数の棒状部材を備えることにある。
[2] Solution means corresponding to the problem [2] are as follows.
A feature of the present invention is that it has a feeder case in which a dust suction port is formed on the top plate, a feeder that conveys the harvested cereals in the feeder case, and the dust in the feeder case is sucked out from the dust suction port to the outside. And a trapping member that is attached to the dust suction port and catches the cereals that flow toward the dust suction fan, and the catching members are arranged so as not to cross each other across the dust suction port. And providing a plurality of bar-shaped members.

 本特徴構成によれば、捕捉部材において、複数の棒状部材が吸塵口に亘って互いに交差しないように配置されている。つまり、捕捉部材において、複数の棒状部材のうちの互いに隣り合う棒状部材同士の隙間が、吸塵口の全長に亘って形成されている。したがって、吸塵ファンに向かって流れる穀稈を、複数の棒状部材で捕捉しつつも、複数の棒状部材のうちの互いに隣り合う棒状部材同士の間で、穀稈の絡み付きが発生し難い。

According to this characteristic configuration, in the capturing member, the plurality of rod-shaped members are arranged so as not to cross each other over the dust suction port. That is, in the capturing member, a gap between adjacent rod-shaped members among the plurality of rod-shaped members is formed over the entire length of the dust suction port. Therefore, entanglement of the cereals hardly occurs between the rod-shaped members adjacent to each other among the plurality of rod-shaped members, while capturing the cereal cake flowing toward the dust suction fan with the plurality of rod-shaped members.

 さらに、本発明において、前記複数の棒状部材は、前記フィーダの搬送方向に対して略平行であると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that the plurality of rod-like members are substantially parallel to the feeding direction of the feeder.

 通常、フィーダケース内の穀稈のうちの大部分は、フィーダの搬送方向に対して交差する姿勢で搬送される。本特徴構成によれば、複数の棒状部材がフィーダの搬送方向に対して略平行であるため、つまり、穀稈の長手方向と複数の棒状部材の方向とが交差するため、複数の棒状部材が穀稈に対して作用し易く、吸塵ファンに向かって流れる穀稈を、しっかりと捕捉することができる。

Usually, most of the grains in the feeder case are transported in a posture that intersects the feeder transport direction. According to this characteristic configuration, since the plurality of rod-shaped members are substantially parallel to the feeding direction of the feeder, that is, since the longitudinal direction of the corn flour and the direction of the plurality of rod-shaped members intersect, It is easy to act on the cereal and the cereal that flows toward the dust suction fan can be firmly captured.

 さらに、本発明において、前記棒状部材は、丸棒であると好適である。

Furthermore, in this invention, it is suitable that the said rod-shaped member is a round bar.

 本特徴構成によれば、棒状部材に角部が無いため、棒状部材に穀稈が絡み付き難くなると共に、棒状部材で穀稈が切れ難くなるので、吸塵ファンに吸い込まれる切れワラの発生を低減することができる。

According to this characteristic configuration, since the rod-shaped member does not have a corner, the cereal is difficult to be entangled with the rod-shaped member, and the cereal is difficult to break with the rod-shaped member, so that the occurrence of cut straw sucked into the dust suction fan is reduced. be able to.

 さらに、本発明において、前記吸塵ファンは、左右向きの軸心周りに回転するものであると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that the dust-absorbing fan rotates about a left-right axis.

 本特徴構成によれば、吸塵ファンの軸心方向において、吸塵ファンと吸塵口とが対向しないため、穀稈が吸塵口から吸塵ファンに向かって流れても、穀稈が吸塵ファンに直接的に接触し難い。

According to this characteristic configuration, since the dust suction fan and the dust suction port do not face each other in the axial direction of the dust suction fan, even if the cereal flows from the dust suction port toward the dust suction fan, the cereal is directly directed to the dust suction fan. Hard to touch.

 さらに、本発明において、前記捕捉部材は、前記フィーダケースに対して着脱可能に構成されていると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that the capturing member is configured to be detachable from the feeder case.

 本特徴構成によれば、捕捉部材の取り外しや交換が可能であるため、メンテナンス性を向上させることができる。

According to this characteristic configuration, since the capture member can be removed and replaced, the maintainability can be improved.

 さらに、本発明において、前記吸塵ファンを覆うファンケースを備え、前記フィーダケースの天板と前記ファンケースの下端とで、前記捕捉部材が挟み込み支持されていると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that a fan case that covers the dust-absorbing fan is provided, and the capturing member is sandwiched and supported by the top plate of the feeder case and the lower end of the fan case.

 本特徴構成によれば、捕捉部材を安定的に支持することができる。

According to this characteristic configuration, the capturing member can be stably supported.

 さらに、本発明において、前記天板から上方に突出する突状部を備え、前記捕捉部材と前記ファンケースの下端とが、前記突状部に締結具によって共締め連結されていると好適である。

Further, in the present invention, it is preferable that a projection is provided that protrudes upward from the top plate, and the capturing member and the lower end of the fan case are coupled to the projection by a fastener. .

 本特徴構成によれば、捕捉部材とファンケースとをまとめて、突状部に簡単に連結することができる。また、突状部により、捕捉部材及びファンケースの位置決めが容易である。

According to this characteristic configuration, the capturing member and the fan case can be combined and easily connected to the protruding portion. Moreover, positioning of a capture member and a fan case is easy by a protruding part.

 さらに、本発明において、前記ファンケースの下端を上方から押さえる押さえ部材を備え、前記押さえ部材は、前記ファンケース及び前記捕捉部材と共に、前記突状部に前記締結具によって共締め連結されていると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, a pressing member that presses the lower end of the fan case from above is provided, and the pressing member, together with the fan case and the capturing member, are jointly connected to the protruding portion by the fastener. Is preferred.

 本特徴構成によれば、押さえ部材とファンケースと捕捉部材とをまとめて、突状部に簡単に連結することができる。また、突状部により、押さえ部材、ファンケース及び捕捉部材の位置決めが容易である。

According to this characteristic configuration, the pressing member, the fan case, and the capturing member can be combined together and easily connected to the protruding portion. Further, the pressing member, the fan case, and the capturing member can be easily positioned by the protruding portion.

 さらに、本発明において、前記締結具は、蝶ナット又はノブナットであると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that the fastener is a wing nut or a knob nut.

 本特徴構成によれば、工具を使わずに手で締結具を締緩することができるため、作業性を向上させることができる。

According to this characteristic configuration, since the fastener can be tightened and loosened by hand without using a tool, workability can be improved.

 さらに、本発明において、前記吸塵ファンを駆動するモータを備え、前記モータ用のブレーカーが、前記吸塵ファンに隣接して備えられていると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that a motor for driving the dust suction fan is provided, and a breaker for the motor is provided adjacent to the dust suction fan.

 本特徴構成によれば、ブレーカーがモータの近傍に位置するため、ブレーカーとモータとの間の配線の取回しが容易である。

According to this characteristic configuration, since the breaker is located in the vicinity of the motor, the wiring between the breaker and the motor can be easily routed.
[3]課題[3]に対応する解決手段は以下の通りである。
 本発明の特徴は、シーブケースにおいてその搬送始端側には、グレンパンが設けられ、前記グレンパンの搬送終端部には、篩い線が設けられ、前記篩い線は、側面視において略波形状に形成されていることにある。
[3] Solution means corresponding to the problem [3] are as follows.
A feature of the present invention is that a sheave case is provided with a glen pan at a conveyance start end side thereof, a sieve wire is provided at a conveyance end portion of the glen pan, and the sieve line is formed in a substantially wave shape in a side view. There is in being.

 本特徴構成によれば、篩い線が略波形状に形成されていることにより、篩い線によって脱穀処理物に送り作用を付与することができる。したがって、篩い線によってグレンパンからの脱穀処理物を円滑に搬送しつつ選別することができる。

According to this characteristic configuration, since the sieving line is formed in a substantially wave shape, a feeding action can be imparted to the threshing processed product by the sieving line. Therefore, the threshing processed material from the grain pan can be sorted while being smoothly conveyed by the sieving line.

 さらに、本発明において、前記篩い線は、側面視において搬送終端側上がりに傾斜していると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that the sieving line is inclined upward in the conveyance end side in a side view.

 本特徴構成によれば、篩い線が傾斜していることにより、篩い線によって脱穀処理物に戻し作用を付与することができる。したがって、篩い線によってグレンパンからの脱穀処理物を搬送始端側に戻すことにより、篩い線による選別機会を多く確保することができる。

According to this characteristic configuration, when the sieving line is inclined, a returning action can be imparted to the threshing product by the sieving line. Therefore, by returning the threshing processed product from the grain pan to the conveyance start end side by the sieving line, it is possible to secure many selection opportunities by the sieving line.

 さらに、本発明において、前記グレンパンの搬送終端部には、複数の前記篩い線が設けられ、前記複数の篩い線は、前記シーブケースにおいて搬送方向に並設されていると好適である。

Further, in the present invention, it is preferable that a plurality of sieve lines are provided at a conveyance end portion of the Glen pan, and the plurality of sieve lines are arranged in parallel in the conveyance direction in the sheave case.

 本特徴構成によれば、グレンパンからの脱穀処理物を、複数の篩い線によって段階的に選別することにより、選別精度の向上を図ることができる。

According to this characteristic configuration, it is possible to improve the sorting accuracy by sorting the threshing products from the grain bread step by step with a plurality of sieve lines.

 さらに、本発明において、前記複数の篩い線において、搬送終端側の篩い線は、搬送始端側の篩い線よりも高い位置に設けられていると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, in the plurality of sieving lines, it is preferable that the sieving line on the conveyance end side is provided at a position higher than the sieving line on the conveyance start end side.

 本特徴構成によれば、高い位置にある搬送終端側の篩い線から脱穀処理物が落下し、その落下の際の衝撃によって脱穀処理物の塊がほぐれるため、選別精度の向上を図ることができる。

According to this characteristic configuration, the threshing product is dropped from the sieving line on the conveyance end side at a high position, and the lump of the threshing product is loosened by the impact at the time of the fall, so that the selection accuracy can be improved. .

 さらに、本発明において、前記複数の篩い線において、搬送始端側の篩い線の搬送終端側は、搬送終端側の篩い線の搬送始端側よりも高い位置に設けられていると好適である。

Further, in the present invention, in the plurality of sieve lines, it is preferable that the conveyance end side of the sieve line on the conveyance start end side is provided at a position higher than the conveyance start end side of the sieve line on the conveyance end side.

 本特徴構成によれば、搬送始端側の篩い線の搬送終端側と搬送終端側の篩い線の搬送始端側との間に、段差があることにより、搬送始端側の篩い線と搬送終端側の篩い線との受け渡し間で、脱穀処理物が詰まり難い。また、搬送始端側の篩い線の搬送終端側から、搬送終端側の篩い線の搬送始端側に脱穀処理物が落下し、その落下の際の衝撃によって脱穀処理物の塊がほぐれるため、選別精度の向上を図ることができる。

According to this characteristic configuration, there is a step between the conveyance end side of the sieving line on the conveyance start side and the conveyance start end side of the sieving line on the conveyance end side, so that the sieving line on the conveyance start side and the conveyance end side are The threshing product is not easily clogged between the transfer with the sieving line. In addition, the threshing treatment product falls from the conveyance end side of the sieving line on the conveyance start end side to the conveyance start end side of the sieving line on the conveyance end side, and the lump of the threshing treatment product is loosened by the impact at the time of the fall, so the sorting accuracy Can be improved.

 さらに、本発明において、前記複数の篩い線は、側面視において搬送終端側上がりに傾斜し、かつ、その傾斜角度が搬送終端側の篩い線ほど大きいと好適である。

Further, in the present invention, it is preferable that the plurality of sieve lines are inclined upward in the conveyance end side in a side view, and the inclination angle is larger as the sieve line on the conveyance end side.

 本特徴構成によれば、搬送終端側の篩い線ほど大きく傾斜していることにより、篩い線によって脱穀処理物に付与される戻し作用が、搬送終端側ほど大きくなる。したがって、篩い線によって搬送終端側の脱穀処理物を搬送始端側に大きく戻すことにより、篩い線による選別機会を多く確保することができる。

According to this characteristic configuration, the return action imparted to the threshing product by the sieving line becomes larger toward the conveyance end side because the sieving line on the conveyance end side is inclined more greatly. Therefore, many selection opportunities by the sieving line can be ensured by largely returning the threshing processed product on the conveying end side to the conveying start end side by the sieving line.

 さらに、本発明において、前記シーブケースにおける前記グレンパンの搬送終端部に選別風を供給する唐箕を備え、前記複数の篩い線において搬送方向に隣り合う一方の篩い線の搬送終端部と他方の篩い線の搬送始端部との間には、所定の隙間が形成されていると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, a pallet for supplying sorting air to the transfer end portion of the grain pan in the sheave case is provided, and the transfer end portion of one sieve line and the other sieve line adjacent to each other in the transfer direction in the plurality of sieve lines It is preferable that a predetermined gap is formed between the transfer start end portion.

 本特徴構成によれば、一方の篩い線と他方の篩い線との間の隙間を、選別風が吹き抜けるため、選別風がスムーズに流れる。また、一方の篩い線と他方の篩い線との間に隙間があることにより、一方の篩い線と他方の篩い線との受け渡し間で、脱穀処理物が詰まり難い。

According to this characteristic configuration, since the sorting air blows through the gap between one sieving line and the other sieving line, the sorting wind flows smoothly. In addition, since there is a gap between one sieving line and the other sieving line, the threshing product is not easily clogged between the passing of one sieving line and the other sieving line.

 さらに、本発明において、前記シーブケースにおいて前記篩い線の下方には、チャフシーブが設けられ、前記隙間は、平面視において前記チャフシーブの搬送始端側と重複すると好適である。

Further, in the present invention, it is preferable that a chaff sheave is provided below the sieve line in the sheave case, and the gap overlaps with a conveyance start end side of the chaff sheave in a plan view.

 本特徴構成によれば、一方の篩い線と他方の篩い線との間の隙間から、脱穀処理物が落下しても、チャフシーブの搬送始端側上に落下するため、一方の篩い線と他方の篩い線との間の隙間から落下した脱穀処理物を、チャフシーブへ受け継ぐことができる。

According to this characteristic configuration, even if the threshing product falls from the gap between one sieve line and the other sieve line, it falls on the conveyance start end side of the chaff sheave, so one sieve line and the other The threshing processed material dropped from the gap between the sieving lines can be passed on to the chaff sheave.
 さらに、本発明において、前記シーブケースにおいて前記篩い線の下方には、チャフシーブが設けられ、前記複数の篩い線のうち搬送終端側の篩い線は、前記チャフシーブの搬送始端側上方に配置され、かつ、少なくともその一部が、平面視において前記チャフシーブの搬送始端側と重複すると好適である。
Furthermore, in the present invention, a chaff sheave is provided below the sieve line in the sheave case, and a sieve line on the conveyance end side of the plurality of sieve lines is arranged above the conveyance start end side of the chaff sheave, and It is preferable that at least a part thereof overlaps the conveyance start end side of the chaff sheave in a plan view.

 本特徴構成によれば、搬送終端側の篩い線からの脱穀処理物が、チャフシーブの搬送始端側上に落下するため、搬送終端側の篩い線から落下した脱穀処理物を、チャフシーブへ受け継ぐことができる。

According to this characteristic configuration, the threshing product from the sieving line on the conveyance end side falls on the conveyance start end side of the chaff sheave, so that the threshing product that has fallen from the sieving line on the conveyance end side can be inherited to the chaff sheave. it can.

 さらに、本発明において、前記シーブケースの下方には、一番回収部が設けられ、前記複数の篩い線のうち搬送終端側の篩い線は、前記一番回収部の上方に配置され、かつ、少なくともその一部が、平面視において前記一番回収部と重複すると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, a first recovery part is provided below the sheave case, and a sieve wire on the conveyance end side among the plurality of sieve lines is disposed above the first recovery part, and It is preferable that at least a part thereof overlaps with the first recovery portion in plan view.

 本特徴構成によれば、搬送終端側の篩い線からの脱穀処理物が、一番回収部上に落下するため、搬送終端側の篩い線から落下した脱穀処理物を、一番回収部で回収することができる。

According to this characteristic configuration, the threshing processed material from the sieving line on the conveyance end side falls on the first recovery unit, and therefore the threshing product that has fallen from the sieving line on the conveyance end side is recovered in the first recovery unit. can do.

 さらに、本発明において、前記篩い線は、少なくともその一部が前記シーブケースの上辺部よりも上方に突出していると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that at least a part of the sieving line protrudes above the upper side of the sheave case.

 本特徴構成によれば、高い位置にある搬送終端側の篩い線から脱穀処理物が落下し、その落下の際の衝撃によって脱穀処理物の塊がほぐれるため、選別精度の向上を図ることができる。

According to this characteristic configuration, the threshing product is dropped from the sieving line on the conveyance end side at a high position, and the lump of the threshing product is loosened by the impact at the time of the fall, so that the selection accuracy can be improved. .

 さらに、本発明において、前記シーブケースにおける前記グレンパンの搬送終端部に選別風を供給する唐箕を備え、前記唐箕は、前記シーブケースの下部に供給する選別風が流れる第一風路と、前記シーブケースの上部に供給する選別風が流れる第二風路と、を備え、前記第二風路は、前記シーブケースの搬送始端側に選別風を供給すると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, a tang for supplying the sorting wind to the transfer end portion of the grain pan in the sheave case is provided, and the tang has a first air passage through which the sorting wind supplied to the lower part of the sheave case flows, and the sheave And a second air passage through which the sorting air supplied to the upper part of the case flows. The second air passage preferably supplies the sorting air to the conveyance start end side of the sheave case.

 本特徴構成によれば、選別風を第一風路及び第二風路によってシーブケースの下部と上部とに振り分けて供給することにより、選別風をシーブケースの下部及び上部に行き渡らせることができる。そして、第二風路によって選別風をシーブケースの搬送始端側に供給することにより、選別風をシーブケースの搬送始端側から搬送終端側まで行き渡らせることができる。

According to this characteristic configuration, the sorting air can be distributed to the lower part and the upper part of the sheave case by distributing the sorting air to the lower part and the upper part of the sheave case by the first air path and the second air path. . Then, by supplying the sorting air to the conveyance start end side of the sheave case by the second air path, the sorting air can be spread from the conveyance start end side of the sheave case to the conveyance end side.

 さらに、本発明において、前記グレンパンは、前記シーブケースの搬送始端部のみに設けられていると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that the Glen pan is provided only at the conveyance start end of the sheave case.

 本特徴構成によれば、グレンパンを短くして、漏下選別部の漏下面積を大きくすることにより、穀粒の回収率の向上を図ることができる。

According to this characteristic configuration, the grain recovery rate can be improved by shortening the grain pan and increasing the leakage area of the leakage selection unit.

 さらに、本発明において、シーブケースと、前記シーブケースに選別風を供給する唐箕と、を備え、前記唐箕は、前記シーブケースの下部に供給する選別風が流れる第一風路と、前記シーブケースの上部に供給する選別風が流れる第二風路と、を備え、前記第二風路は、搬送始端側方向に延びて搬送終端側方向にUターンするように形成され、かつ、前記シーブケースの搬送始端側に選別風を供給すると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, a sheave case, and a carp for supplying sorting air to the sheave case, the carp has a first air passage through which the sorting air supplied to the lower part of the sheave case flows, and the sheave case A second air passage through which the sorting air supplied to the upper portion of the air passage flows, and the second air passage is formed so as to extend in the transport start end direction and to make a U-turn in the transport end side direction, It is preferable to supply the sorting air to the conveyance start end side.

 本特徴構成によれば、選別風を第一風路及び第二風路によってシーブケースの下部と上部とに振り分けて供給することにより、選別風をシーブケースの下部から上部まで行き渡らせることができる。そして、第二風路によって選別風をシーブケースの搬送始端側に供給することにより、選別風をシーブケースの搬送始端側から搬送終端側まで行き渡らせることができる。そして、第二風路がUターンするように形成されている結果、第二風路の風路長が長くなることから、選別風の流れが層流になり易い。したがって、流れが安定した選別風を供給することができる。

According to this characteristic configuration, the sorting air can be distributed from the lower part to the upper part of the sheave case by distributing the sorting air to the lower part and the upper part of the sheave case by the first air path and the second air path. . Then, by supplying the sorting air to the conveyance start end side of the sheave case by the second air path, the sorting air can be spread from the conveyance start end side of the sheave case to the conveyance end side. As a result of the second air passage being formed to make a U-turn, the air passage length of the second air passage becomes longer, and therefore the flow of the selected air tends to be laminar. Therefore, it is possible to supply the sorting air having a stable flow.
 さらに、本発明において、前記唐箕は、平面視において搬送直交方向の軸心周りに回転可能な羽根部材と、前記羽根部材を覆うファンケースと、を備え、前記第二風路は、前記ファンケースの搬送始端側上部と連通されていると好適である。
Furthermore, in the present invention, the tang includes a blade member that can rotate around an axis center in a conveyance orthogonal direction in a plan view, and a fan case that covers the blade member, and the second air passage includes the fan case It is preferable to communicate with the upper part of the conveyance start end side.

 本特徴構成によれば、第二風路をファンケースの搬送始端側上部と連通させることにより、Uターン形状の第二風路によって、選別風をシーブケースの搬送始端側に供給するUターン形状の第二風路を、容易に構成することができる。

According to this characteristic configuration, the U-turn shape that supplies the sorting air to the conveyance start end side of the sheave case by the U-turn-shaped second air passage by communicating the second air passage with the upper part of the conveyance start end side of the fan case. The second air passage can be easily configured.

 さらに、本発明において、前記シーブケースには、前記第二風路からの選別風が流れる第三風路が形成されていると好適である。

In the present invention, it is preferable that the sheave case is formed with a third air passage through which the selected air from the second air passage flows.

 本特徴構成によれば、第二風路からの選別風が第三風路を流れることにより、シーブケースの上部に選別風を確実に供給することができる。

According to this characteristic configuration, the sorting air from the second air passage flows through the third air passage, so that the sorting air can be reliably supplied to the upper part of the sheave case.

 さらに、本発明において、前記第三風路の入口部は、前記シーブケースの搬送始端側縦壁に設けられていると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that the inlet portion of the third air passage is provided on the vertical wall at the conveyance start end side of the sheave case.

 本特徴構成によれば、第三風路の入口部が、シーブケースの搬送始端側前壁に開口するため、第二風路を第三風路の入口部に容易に連通接続することができる。

According to this feature configuration, since the inlet portion of the third air passage opens in the front wall of the sheave case on the conveyance start end side, the second air passage can be easily connected to the inlet portion of the third air passage. .

 さらに、本発明において、前記第三風路の入口部は、前記シーブケースの搬送始端側下壁に設けられていると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that the inlet portion of the third air passage is provided on the lower wall on the conveyance start end side of the sheave case.

 本特徴構成によれば、第三風路の入口部が、シーブケースの搬送始端側下壁に開口するため、第二風路を第三風路の入口部に容易に連通接続することができる。

According to this characteristic configuration, since the inlet portion of the third air passage opens in the lower wall at the conveyance start end side of the sheave case, the second air passage can be easily connected to the inlet portion of the third air passage. .

 さらに、本発明において、シーブケースと、前記シーブケースに選別風を供給する唐箕と、を備え、前記シーブケースには、その搬送始端側に設けられる第一グレンパンと、前記第一グレンパンの下方に設けられる第二グレンパンと、前記第一グレンパンの搬送終端部に設けられる漏下選別部と、前記第二グレンパンの搬送終端側方に設けられるチャフシーブと、が備えられ、前記漏下選別部は、前記第二グレンパンの上方で、かつ、前記チャフシーブの上方に配置されていると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, a sheave case, and a tang for supplying a sorting wind to the sheave case, the sheave case includes a first gren pan provided on a conveying start end side, and a lower side of the first gren pan. A second glen pan provided, a leakage selection unit provided at a conveyance end of the first gren pan, and a chaff sheave provided at a conveyance end side of the second gren pan, the leakage selection unit comprising: It is preferable that it is disposed above the second Glen pan and above the chaff sheave.

 本特徴構成によれば、漏下選別部がチャフシーブの上方まで延びていることにより、チャフシーブには、漏下選別部で粗選別された脱穀処理物が供給される。したがって、チャフシーブにかかる選別負荷を軽減することができる。なお、チャフシーブにかかる選別負荷を軽減することができれば、チャフシーブひいては脱穀装置を大型化せずに、大量の作物を選別することができる。

According to this characteristic configuration, the leakage screening unit extends to the upper side of the chaff sheave, so that the chaff sheave is supplied with the threshing processed material roughly selected by the leakage screening unit. Therefore, the sorting load applied to the chaff sheave can be reduced. If the sorting load on the chaff sheave can be reduced, a large amount of crops can be sorted without increasing the size of the chaff sheave and thus the threshing device.

 さらに、本発明において、前記第二グレンパンと前記チャフシーブとが、略同じ高さに配置されていると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that the second Glen pan and the chaff sheave are arranged at substantially the same height.

 本特徴構成によれば、第二グレンパンとチャフシーブとの間に段差がないことから、唐箕の選別風の流れが良くなる。なお、脱穀処理物が漏下選別部で粗選別されているため、第二グレンパンとチャフシーブとの間に段差を設けなくても、脱穀処理物が詰まることがない。

According to this characteristic configuration, there is no step between the second gren pan and the chaff sheave, so that the flow of the sorting air of the Kara is improved. In addition, since the threshing processed product is roughly selected by the leakage selection unit, the threshing processed product is not clogged without providing a step between the second gren pan and the chaff sheave.

 さらに、本発明において、前記チャフシーブは、側面視において搬送終端側上がりに傾斜していると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that the chaff sheave is inclined upward in the conveyance end side in a side view.

 本特徴構成によれば、脱穀処理物が、チャフシーブの傾斜に沿って搬送始端側に案内されることにより、チャフシーブの搬送始端側から漏下し易くなる。したがって、脱穀装置のできるだけ搬送始端側で穀粒を回収することができるため、穀粒の損失の低減を図ることができる。なお、脱穀処理物が漏下選別部で粗選別されているため、チャフシーブが搬送終端側上がりに傾斜していても、脱穀処理物が詰まることがない。

According to this characteristic configuration, the threshing product is guided to the conveyance start end side along the inclination of the chaff sheave, so that it easily leaks from the conveyance start end side of the chaff sheave. Therefore, since the grain can be collected as much as possible on the conveyance start end side of the threshing apparatus, the loss of the grain can be reduced. In addition, since the threshing processed product is roughly selected by the leakage selection unit, the threshing processed product is not clogged even if the chaff sheave is inclined upward on the conveyance end side.
[4]課題[4]に対応する解決手段は以下の通りである。
 本発明の特徴は、第1の作業部と、前記第1の作業部とは異なる第2の作業部と、前記第1の作業部および前記第2の作業部とは異なる第3の作業部とが備えられ、運転席の近傍に、前記第1の作業部に対して動作を指令可能な操作レバーが備えられ、前記操作レバーに、操縦者の親指を位置させる第1の面と、前記第1の面とは異なる面であって、親指以外の4指を位置させる第2の面とが形成された握り部が備えられ、前記第1の面上に、前記第2の作業部に対して相反する動作を指令可能であると共に、前記第1の面に沿わせながら、付け根まわりに親指を揺動させて、相反する動作の指令を入力する第1の指令入力手段が備えられ、前記第2の面上に、前記第3の作業部に対して相反する動作を指令可能であると共に、親指以外の4指のいずれかによる押し操作により相反する動作の指令を入力する第2の指令入力手段が備えられたことにある。
[4] The solution corresponding to the problem [4] is as follows.
The present invention is characterized in that a first working unit, a second working unit different from the first working unit, and a third working unit different from the first working unit and the second working unit. An operation lever capable of commanding the first working unit to be operated in the vicinity of the driver's seat, and a first surface for positioning the operator's thumb on the operation lever; A grip portion formed on a surface different from the first surface and having a second surface on which four fingers other than the thumb are positioned is provided, and the second working unit is provided on the first surface. And a first command input means for inputting a command of the contradicting motion by swinging the thumb around the base while following the first surface. On the second surface, it is possible to instruct the third working unit to perform a conflicting operation, and 4 other than the thumb. In that the second command input means for inputting a command for contradictory operations provided by the pressing operation by either.

 本特徴構成であれば、第1の指令入力手段と第2の指令入力手段とが異なる面に配設されているので、同一面に配設されている場合と比較して、両手段の誤操作が少なくなる。また、第1の指令入力手段が、親指を第1の面に沿わせながら付け根まわりに揺動させることによって入力を行うものであり、かつ、第2の指令入力手段が、親指以外の4指のいずれかの押し操作によって入力を行うものであるというように、両手段が簡単な指の操作で入力操作ができるものであるので、操作性が良く、例え操作レバーとこれらの手段とを同時に操作するような場合であっても、確実な操作入力が可能である。

In the case of this feature configuration, the first command input means and the second command input means are arranged on different surfaces. Less. In addition, the first command input means performs input by swinging the thumb around the base while following the first surface, and the second command input means includes four fingers other than the thumb. Both of the means can be input by simple finger operation, such as input by pressing any one of the above, so the operability is good, for example, the operation lever and these means can be operated simultaneously. Even in the case of operation, reliable operation input is possible.

 さらに、本発明において、前記第1の指令入力手段が、ロッカースイッチであると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that the first command input means is a rocker switch.

 本特徴構成であれば、第1の指令入力手段が、異なる入力を択一的に選択可能なロッカースイッチ(シーソー式スイッチ)であるので、相反する動作指令が同時に指令されることがなく、第2の作業部に対する動作指令を正確に入力することが可能である。また、ロッカースイッチの形状の特性により、二つの入力箇所が滑らかな面で連結されているので、ロッカースイッチの表面に沿って親指を揺動させるだけで、親指を一方の入力箇所から他方の入力箇所へ移動させられる。このように、本特徴構成であれば、第1の指令入力手段の入力操作ミスが防止され、かつ、第1の指令入力手段のスムーズな入力操作が可能となる。

With this feature configuration, since the first command input means is a rocker switch (seesaw type switch) that can selectively select different inputs, there is no simultaneous command of conflicting operation commands. It is possible to accurately input an operation command for the second working unit. Also, because of the shape of the rocker switch, the two input locations are connected with a smooth surface, so that the thumb can be moved from one input location to the other by simply swinging the thumb along the surface of the rocker switch. It is moved to the location. In this way, with this feature configuration, an input operation error of the first command input means is prevented, and a smooth input operation of the first command input means is possible.

 さらに、本発明において、前記第2の指令入力手段が、ロッカースイッチであると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that the second command input means is a rocker switch.

 本特徴構成であれば、第2の指令入力手段が、異なる入力を択一的に選択可能なロッカースイッチであるので、例えば、一方の入力箇所に人差し指を置き、他方の入力箇所に中指を置いたような場合において、手全体を動かすことなく、いずれか一方の指の押し操作のみによって第2の指令入力手段の入力操作ができる。また、両指によって相反する動作指令が同時に指令されることがなく、第3の作業部に対する動作指令を正確に入力することが可能である。このように、本特徴構成であれば、第2の指令入力手段の入力操作が楽に行え、かつ、第2の指令入力手段の入力操作ミスが防止される。

In this feature configuration, the second command input means is a rocker switch that can selectively select different inputs. For example, an index finger is placed at one input location and a middle finger is placed at the other input location. In such a case, the input operation of the second command input means can be performed only by pressing one of the fingers without moving the entire hand. In addition, it is possible to accurately input an operation command for the third working unit without simultaneously issuing conflicting operation commands by both fingers. Thus, with this feature configuration, the input operation of the second command input means can be easily performed, and an input operation error of the second command input means can be prevented.

 さらに、本発明において、前記握り部に、前記第1の面および前記第2の面とは異なる面であって、操縦者の手の平を載置する上面が形成され、前記第1の指令入力手段は、握り部のうち操縦者に近い側の側部に形成され、前記第2の指令入力手段は、握り部のうち操縦者から遠い側の側部に形成されていると好適である。

Further, in the present invention, the grip portion is formed with an upper surface that is different from the first surface and the second surface and on which the operator's palm is placed, and the first command input means Is preferably formed on a side portion of the grip portion closer to the driver, and the second command input means is formed on a side portion of the grip portion far from the driver.

 本特徴構成であれば、操作レバーの上面に手の平を載置した状態で操作レバーを握ると、無理な体勢を取らずとも、自然な体勢で親指を第1の面に位置させられると共に他の4指を第2の面に位置させられる。

With this feature configuration, if the operation lever is gripped with the palm placed on the upper surface of the operation lever, the thumb can be positioned on the first surface with a natural posture without taking an unreasonable posture. Four fingers are positioned on the second surface.

 さらに、本発明において、前記第2の指令入力手段は、操縦者から離れるほど下方に位置するよう傾斜した状態で配設されていると好適である。

Further, in the present invention, it is preferable that the second command input means is disposed in an inclined state so as to be positioned downward as the distance from the operator increases.

 本特徴構成であれば、上述したような上から握り込むタイプの操作レバーにおいて、第2の指令入力手段が、操縦者から離れるほど下方に位置するよう傾斜しているので、体から遠い指(小指側)程大きく曲げ込むことになる。この結果、小指側が強く握り込まれることになって、しっかりと手や指に力を込められ、第2の指令入力手段を的確に操作することができる。

In the case of this feature configuration, in the operation lever of the type grasped from above, the second command input means is inclined so as to be positioned downward as it is farther from the operator. The little finger side) will bend a lot. As a result, the little finger side is strongly squeezed so that force can be firmly applied to the hand or finger and the second command input means can be operated accurately.

 さらに、本発明において、前記上面は、操縦者から離れるほど下方に位置するように傾斜していると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that the upper surface is inclined so as to be positioned lower as it is farther from the operator.

 本特徴構成によれば、操作レバーの上面が操縦者から離れるほど下方に位置するように傾斜しているので、操作レバーを握った手は外側下がりの状態となる。この際、前腕は、手首が捻られた状態とならないように、自然と手の傾きに沿う状態となる。この結果、肘が体に近付き、脇が閉じた状態となり、脇が開いた状態と比較して、肩に負担が掛かり難い。

According to this characteristic configuration, since the upper surface of the operation lever is inclined so as to be positioned downward as the operator moves away from the operator, the hand holding the operation lever is in a state of falling outward. At this time, the forearm naturally follows the hand tilt so that the wrist is not twisted. As a result, the elbow is close to the body and the armpits are closed, and the shoulder is less likely to be burdened than the armpits are open.

 さらに、本発明において、前記第2の指令入力手段は、前記上面の向きに沿って配設されていると好適である。

In the present invention, it is preferable that the second command input means is disposed along the direction of the upper surface.

 通常、親指以外の4指において、押し操作力を強く発揮できるのは、人差し指、中指、薬指である。そして、操作レバーを上から握った状態において、これらの3指の先端は、上面から略同じ距離の位置にある。本特徴構成であれば、自然な状態で、人差し指、中指、薬指のいずれか2指を第2の指令入力手段に位置させられ、第2の指令入力手段の操作がし易い。

Usually, the index finger, the middle finger, and the ring finger can exert a strong pressing force with four fingers other than the thumb. Then, in the state where the operation lever is grasped from above, the tips of these three fingers are located at substantially the same distance from the upper surface. With this feature configuration, any two fingers of the index finger, the middle finger, and the ring finger are positioned on the second command input means in a natural state, and the second command input means can be easily operated.

 さらに、本発明において、前記第2の面は、平面視において、操縦者から離れるほど後方に位置するように傾斜していると好適である。

Further, in the present invention, it is preferable that the second surface is inclined so as to be positioned rearward as it is farther from the operator in plan view.

 本特徴構成であれば、手の姿勢が平面視で前後方向に対して外開きの状態となるので、自然と脇は閉じた状態となり、操作レバーを前後に操作するべく腕を前後に動かしても、肩や肘等に負担が掛かりにくい。

With this feature configuration, the posture of the hand is in an open state with respect to the front-rear direction in plan view, so the side is naturally closed and the arm is moved back and forth to operate the operation lever back and forth. However, it is hard to put a burden on the shoulders and elbows.

 さらに、本発明において、前記第1の面は、平面視において、操縦者から離れるほど前方に位置するように傾斜していると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that the first surface is inclined so as to be positioned forward as the distance from the operator increases in plan view.

 本特徴構成であれば、手の姿勢が平面視で前後方向に対して外開きの状態となるので、自然と脇は閉じた状態となり、操作レバーを前後に操作するべく腕を前後に動かしても、肩や肘等に負担が掛かりにくい。

With this feature configuration, the posture of the hand is in an open state with respect to the front-rear direction in plan view, so the side is naturally closed and the arm is moved back and forth to operate the operation lever back and forth. However, it is hard to put a burden on the shoulders and elbows.

 さらに、本発明において、前記第1の作業部は、走行トランスミッションの変速装置であり、前記操作レバーは、前記変速装置に対して変速動作を指令可能な変速レバーであると好適である。

Further, in the present invention, it is preferable that the first working unit is a transmission of a traveling transmission, and the operation lever is a transmission lever capable of instructing a transmission operation to the transmission.

 本特徴構成によれば、使用頻度の多い変速レバーに第1の指令入力手段と第2の指令入力手段とが配設されていることとなるので、これらの手段の操作入力のための手の移動が少なくて済む。

According to this characteristic configuration, the first command input means and the second command input means are arranged on the frequently used speed change lever. Therefore, a hand for operating input of these means is provided. Less movement is required.

 さらに、本発明において、前記変速レバーが、主変速レバーであると好適である。

In the present invention, it is preferable that the speed change lever is a main speed change lever.

 本特徴構成であれば、一般的に常時握られる主変速レバーに第1の指令入力手段と第2の指令入力手段とが配設されていることとなるので、これらの手段の操作入力のためにわざわざ手を移動させる必要がない。

In the case of this characteristic configuration, the first command input means and the second command input means are generally disposed on the main transmission lever that is generally held at all times. There is no need to move your hands.

 さらに、本発明において、前記第2の作業部または前記第3の作業部は、刈取部を昇降させる刈取昇降制御部または前記刈取部に備えられた掻き込みリールを昇降させるリール昇降制御部であると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, the second working unit or the third working unit is a cutting / lifting control unit that lifts / lowers the cutting unit or a reel lifting / lowering control unit that moves up and down the scraping reel provided in the cutting unit. It is preferable.

 本特徴構成であれば、操作レバーによって第1の作業部を操作しながら、操作レバーを握った手で刈取部の昇降操作またはリールの昇降操作を行うことができ、操作勝手の良いコンバインとすることができる。

If it is this characteristic structure, while operating the 1st operation part with an operation lever, the raising / lowering operation of a cutting part or the raising / lowering operation of a reel can be performed with the hand which grasped the operation lever, and it is a combine with good operation. be able to.

 さらに、本発明において、前記第2の作業部は、刈取部を昇降させる刈取昇降制御部であると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that the second working unit is a cutting lifting control unit that lifts and lowers the cutting unit.
 本特徴構成であれば、操作レバーによって第1の作業部を操作しながら、操作レバーを握った手で刈取部の昇降操作を行うことができ、操作勝手の良いコンバインとすることができる。また、第1の指令入力手段は、他の4指よりも体に近い側に位置する親指によって入力操作を行うものであるので、第3の作業部が刈取部よりも前側(体から遠い側)に位置する作業部であるような場合、刈取部の昇降操作を指令できる手段が第1の指令入力手段であることを直感的に理解でき、第2の指令入力手段との取り違えが生じ難い。
If it is this characteristic structure, the raising / lowering operation of a cutting part can be performed with the hand which grasped the operation lever, operating the 1st operation | work part with an operation lever, and it can be set as the combine with a favorable operation. Further, since the first command input means performs an input operation with the thumb positioned closer to the body than the other four fingers, the third working unit is located on the front side (the side farther from the body) than the cutting unit. ), It is possible to intuitively understand that the means that can command the lifting operation of the reaping part is the first command input means, and it is difficult for the second command input means to be mistaken. .
 さらに、本発明において、前記第2の作業部は、圃場の作物を収穫する収穫部を昇降させる収穫昇降制御部であると好適である。 Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that the second working unit is a harvesting raising / lowering control unit that raises and lowers a harvesting unit that harvests crops in a field.
 本特徴構成であれば、操作レバーによって第1の作業部を操作しながら、操作レバーを握った手で収穫部の昇降操作を行うことができ、操作勝手の良いコンバインとすることができる。 With this feature configuration, the harvesting section can be lifted and lowered with the hand that holds the operating lever while operating the first working section with the operating lever, and the combine can be easily operated.

 さらに、本発明において、前記第3の作業部は、掻き込みリールを昇降させるリール昇降制御部であると好適である。

In the present invention, it is preferable that the third working unit is a reel lifting control unit that lifts and lowers the scraping reel.

 本特徴構成であれば、操作レバーによって第1の作業部を操作しながら、操作レバーを握った手で掻き込みリールの昇降操作を行うことができ、操作勝手の良いコンバインとすることができる。また、第2の指令入力手段は、親指よりも体から遠い側に位置する他の4指によって入力操作を行うものであるので、第2の作業部が掻き込みリールよりも後側(体に近い側)に位置する作業部であるような場合、掻き込みリールの昇降操作を指令できる手段が第1の指令入力手段であることを直感的に理解でき、第1の指令入力手段との取り違えが生じ難い。

With this feature configuration, it is possible to perform the raising and lowering operation of the scraping reel with the hand holding the operation lever while operating the first working unit with the operation lever, and it is possible to obtain a combine that is easy to operate. Further, since the second command input means performs an input operation with the other four fingers positioned on the side farther from the body than the thumb, the second working unit is located behind the scraping reel (on the body). In the case of a working unit located on the near side), it can be intuitively understood that the means that can command the raising and lowering operation of the scraping reel is the first command input means, and it is mistaken for the first command input means. Is unlikely to occur.
 さらに、本発明において、前記第3の作業部は、作物の収穫後に圃場に残った茎稈を粉砕処理する回転チョッパーを昇降させる回転チョッパー昇降制御部であると好適である。 Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that the third working unit is a rotary chopper elevating control unit that elevates and lowers a rotary chopper that crushes the stems remaining in the field after the crop is harvested.
 本特徴構成であれば、操作レバーによって第1の作業部を操作しながら、操作レバーを握った手で回転チョッパーの昇降操作を行うことができ、操作勝手の良いコンバインとすることができる。 特 徴 With this feature configuration, the rotary chopper can be lifted and lowered with the hand holding the operation lever while operating the first working unit with the operation lever, so that the combine is easy to operate.

 さらに、本発明において、前記操作レバーを案内するレバーガイドが、運転席の座面と略同じ高さ位置に備えられていると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that the lever guide for guiding the operation lever is provided at substantially the same height as the seat surface of the driver's seat.

 本特徴構成であれば、操縦者が操作しやすい高さ位置に操作レバーを配置できる。

With this feature configuration, the operation lever can be arranged at a height that is easy for the operator to operate.

 さらに、本発明において、前記操作レバーが、運転席の右側に備えられていると好適である。

Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that the operation lever is provided on the right side of the driver's seat.

 本特徴構成であれば、例えば、右側通行が法律で定められている国において路上走行する際に、その国の一般的な乗用車等(運転席:車体左側、変速レバー:運転席の右側)と同じ感覚で変速操作を行うことができる。

With this feature configuration, for example, when driving on the road in a country where right-hand traffic is stipulated by law, the country's general passenger car, etc. (driver's seat: left side of vehicle body, shift lever: right side of driver's seat) Shift operation can be performed with the same feeling.

 さらに、本発明において、前記第1の作業部は、走行トランスミッションの変速装置であり、前輪と後輪とを備え、前記走行トランスミッションは、前記前輪および前記後輪を駆動すると好適である。

In the present invention, it is preferable that the first working unit is a transmission for a traveling transmission, and includes a front wheel and a rear wheel, and the traveling transmission drives the front wheel and the rear wheel.

 本特徴構成であれば、クローラ式コンバインと比較して、圃場以外の路上の走行に有利となる。

This feature configuration is advantageous for traveling on roads other than the field compared to a crawler combine.

 さらに、本発明において、前記後輪が操向輪であり、前記後輪を操向操作するステアリングホイールが備えられていると好適である。

Further, in the present invention, it is preferable that the rear wheel is a steered wheel and a steering wheel for steering the rear wheel is provided.

 本特徴構成であれば、後輪が操向輪であるので、前輪が操向輪である場合と比較して、旋回半径を小さくすることができ、小回りの利くコンバインとなる。また、ステアリングホイールで後輪を操向操作する構成であるので、ステアリングレバー等と比較して、単位旋回量に対する操向支持具の操作量を大きく設定でき、旋回量を細かく指令でき、かつ、思い切った旋回操作も可能となる。

With this feature configuration, since the rear wheel is a steered wheel, the turning radius can be made smaller than in the case where the front wheel is a steered wheel, and the combine becomes more efficient. In addition, since the rear wheel is steered by the steering wheel, the amount of operation of the steering support tool relative to the unit turning amount can be set larger than the steering lever, etc., and the turning amount can be commanded finely, and A drastic turning operation is also possible.

本発明の第一実施形態に係るクローラ走行装置の基本的な構成を説明する模式図である。It is a mimetic diagram explaining the basic composition of the crawler traveling device concerning a first embodiment of the present invention. 本発明の第一実施形態に係るクローラ走行装置の具体的な実施形態の1つを装備したコンバインの全体を示す側面図である。It is a side view showing the whole combine equipped with one of concrete embodiments of the crawler traveling device concerning a first embodiment of the present invention. クローラ走行装置の側面図である。It is a side view of a crawler traveling device. 図3のIV-IV線に沿った断面図である。FIG. 4 is a sectional view taken along line IV-IV in FIG. 3. 図3のV-V線に沿った断面図である。FIG. 5 is a sectional view taken along line VV in FIG. 3. 図3のVI-VI線に沿った断面図である。FIG. 4 is a sectional view taken along line VI-VI in FIG. 3. テンションスプロケットを支持する進退機構を示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows the advance / retreat mechanism which supports a tension sprocket. クローラガイドの取付構造を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the attachment structure of a crawler guide. 本発明の第二実施形態に係る普通型コンバインを示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows the normal combine which concerns on 2nd embodiment of this invention. 普通型コンバインを示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows a normal type combine. 吸塵ファン及び捕捉部材を示す側面断面図である。It is side surface sectional drawing which shows a dust suction fan and a capture member. 吸塵ファン及び捕捉部材を示す正面断面図である。It is front sectional drawing which shows a dust suction fan and a capture member. 吸塵ファン及び捕捉部材を示す平面断面図である。It is a plane sectional view showing a dust suction fan and a capturing member. 吸塵ファン及び捕捉部材を示す分解斜視図である。It is a disassembled perspective view which shows a dust suction fan and a capture member. 本発明の第二実施形態の別実施形態に係る吸塵ファン及び捕捉部材を示す分解斜視図である。It is a disassembled perspective view which shows the dust suction fan and trapping member which concern on another embodiment of 2nd embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第三実施形態に係る脱穀装置を示す側面断面図。Side surface sectional drawing which shows the threshing apparatus which concerns on 3rd embodiment of this invention. 選別部の前部側を示す側面断面図。Side surface sectional drawing which shows the front part side of a selection part. 選別部の前部を示す正面断面図。Front sectional drawing which shows the front part of a selection part. 選別部の前部側の左側部を示す側面断面図。Side surface sectional drawing which shows the left side part of the front part side of a selection part. 選別部の前部側の右側部を示す側面断面図。Side surface sectional drawing which shows the right side part by the side of the front part of a selection part. 動力伝達軸の動力伝達経路を示す線図。The diagram which shows the power transmission path | route of a power transmission shaft. 第一篩い線及び第二篩い線を示す平面図。The top view which shows a 1st sieve line and a 2nd sieve line. 第一篩い線及び第二篩い線を示す斜視断面図。The perspective sectional view showing the 1st sieve line and the 2nd sieve line. 選別部の後部側を示す側面断面図。Side surface sectional drawing which shows the rear part side of a selection part. 第一ストローラック、第二ストローラック及び第三ストローラックを示す平面図。The top view which shows a 1st Strollac, a 2nd Strollac, and a 3rd Strollac. 第一ストローラック、第二ストローラック及び第三ストローラックを示す斜視断面図。The perspective sectional view which shows a 1st Strollac, a 2nd Strollac, and a 3rd Strollack. 本発明の第四実施形態に係るコンバインの全体を示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows the whole combine which concerns on 4th embodiment of this invention. 運転部を示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows an operation part. 運転部を示す正面図である。It is a front view which shows an operation part. 主変速レバーの周辺を示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows the periphery of a main transmission lever. 主変速レバーが作業前進領域にあるときの主変速レバーの周辺を示す正面視における部分断面図である。It is a fragmentary sectional view in front view which shows the periphery of the main transmission lever when the main transmission lever exists in a work advance region. 運転部を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows an operation part. 図31におけるXXXIII-XXXIII断面図である。FIG. 32 is a sectional view taken along the line XXXIII-XXXIII in FIG. 31. 本発明の第四実施形態の別の実施形態であるとうもろこし収穫機の全体を示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows the whole corn harvester which is another embodiment of 4th embodiment of this invention.
〔第一実施形態〕
 本発明の第一実施形態について、以下に説明する。
 本発明の第一実施形態に係る収穫機の具体的な実施形態を説明する前に、図1を用いて本発明を特徴付けている基本的な構造を説明する。

 このクローラ走行装置1は、コンバインやバックホウなどの作業車両の機体フレーム3に支持されたトラックフレーム20を備えている。トラックフレーム20は機体前後方向に左右一対で延びており、図1では前進方向左側のトラックフレーム20が図示されている。トラックフレーム20の前部には駆動スプロケット21が配置され、トラックフレーム20の後部にはテンションスプロケット22が配置されている。駆動スプロケット21とテンションスプロケット22とにわたってクローラベルト26が掛け回されている。トラックフレーム20の下方にはクローラベルト26を地面方向に案内する複数の転輪23が配置されている。
[First embodiment]
A first embodiment of the present invention will be described below.
Before explaining a specific embodiment of the harvester according to the first embodiment of the present invention, a basic structure characterizing the present invention will be described with reference to FIG.

The crawler traveling device 1 includes a track frame 20 supported by a body frame 3 of a work vehicle such as a combine or a backhoe. A pair of left and right track frames 20 extend in the longitudinal direction of the machine body. FIG. 1 shows the track frame 20 on the left in the forward direction. A drive sprocket 21 is disposed at the front of the track frame 20, and a tension sprocket 22 is disposed at the rear of the track frame 20. A crawler belt 26 is wound around the drive sprocket 21 and the tension sprocket 22. A plurality of rolling wheels 23 for guiding the crawler belt 26 toward the ground are disposed below the track frame 20.

 転輪23は左右一対の転輪ハーフ体23aを転輪軸8で連結した構造体である。トラックフレーム20の下面には転輪23を取り付けるための雌ねじ6aを形成した取付部材6が設けられている。転輪23は、取付ユニット60を介して固定ボルト90によって取付部材6に、結果的にはトラックフレーム20に着脱可能に取り付けられる。固定ボルト90によるねじ締結を強くするためには、雌ねじ6aの長さが十分に必要なので、取付部材6は厚肉部材で形成されており、取付部材6はトラックフレーム20を構成するフレーム体(通常は角パイプなどの形鋼材が使用される)の補強板としても機能する。また、取付部材6は重量化の観点から、1枚の長尺部材とせずに、複数の取付部材片に分けて、間欠的に配置することが好ましい。

The wheel 23 is a structure in which a pair of left and right wheel half bodies 23 a are connected by a wheel shaft 8. On the lower surface of the track frame 20, there is provided an attachment member 6 in which a female screw 6a for attaching the wheel 23 is formed. The wheel 23 is detachably attached to the attachment member 6 via the attachment unit 60 by the fixing bolt 90 and, consequently, to the track frame 20. In order to strengthen the screw fastening by the fixing bolt 90, the length of the female screw 6a is sufficiently long. Therefore, the attachment member 6 is formed of a thick member, and the attachment member 6 is a frame body constituting the track frame 20 ( It also functions as a reinforcing plate for steel plates such as square pipes. Moreover, it is preferable to divide the attachment member 6 into a plurality of attachment member pieces and arrange them intermittently from the viewpoint of weight increase, instead of a single long member.

 1つの取付ユニット60には複数の転輪23が取り付けられているので、取付ユニット60を取付部材6から取り外すことによって複数単位の転輪23も取り外されることになる。取付ユニット60は、転輪軸8を軸受するボス部材60Bと、このボス部材60Bを固定している溝形部材60Aとからなる。ボス部材60Bは円筒体であり、両端の内壁面にベアリングが装着されており、ボス部材60Bを貫通している転輪軸8を軸受している。ボス部材60Bの両端から突き出た転輪軸8の突出部にそれぞれ転輪ハーフ体23aが固定されている。

Since a plurality of rolling wheels 23 are attached to one mounting unit 60, a plurality of units of rolling wheels 23 are also removed by removing the mounting unit 60 from the mounting member 6. The mounting unit 60 includes a boss member 60B that supports the wheel shaft 8 and a groove member 60A that fixes the boss member 60B. The boss member 60B is a cylindrical body, bearings are mounted on the inner wall surfaces at both ends, and the roller shaft 8 passing through the boss member 60B is supported. The wheel half members 23a are fixed to the protruding portions of the wheel shaft 8 protruding from both ends of the boss member 60B.

 溝形部材60Aは内部に下方に開口した凹部を作り出している長手部材であり、その断面は、実質的には逆U字形、門形、アーチ形となるが、前後方向の途中で中実部ないしは横断隔壁が設けられていてもよい。溝形部材60Aの上面部の少なくとも一部が、水平面となって取付部材6の下部に形成された接当面に面接触するように形成されている。この溝形部材60Aの上面部の左右端から垂れ下がった側面部に跨るように、複数のボス部材60Bが、機体前後方向に所定の間隔をあけて、好ましくは溶接で接合されている。また、溝形部材60Aとボス部材60Bとの間の溶接長さを確保するためには、その側面部にボス部材60Bを受持する円弧状の受け面が形成されるか、あるいは接続中継材として機能する補助的なフランジ板が設けられる。

The groove-shaped member 60A is a longitudinal member that creates a concave portion that opens downward, and its cross section is substantially an inverted U shape, a gate shape, and an arch shape, but is a solid portion in the middle of the front-rear direction. Or a transverse partition may be provided. At least a part of the upper surface portion of the groove-shaped member 60 </ b> A is formed so as to be in a horizontal plane and come into surface contact with a contact surface formed at the lower portion of the attachment member 6. A plurality of boss members 60B are preferably joined by welding at predetermined intervals in the front-rear direction of the machine body so as to straddle the side surfaces hanging from the left and right ends of the upper surface portion of the groove-shaped member 60A. Further, in order to secure the weld length between the groove-shaped member 60A and the boss member 60B, an arcuate receiving surface for receiving the boss member 60B is formed on the side surface portion, or a connection relay material. An auxiliary flange plate is provided that functions as:

 溝形部材60Aの上面部には、固定ボルト90を通過させる貫通孔が、ボス部材60Bと重ならないような間隔で設けられている。この貫通孔は取付部材6の雌ねじ6aの位置に対応している。これにより、取付ユニット60を取付部材6に着脱可能に固定する場合には、溝形部材60Aに形成されている溝の下方開口から貫通孔を通して差し込んだ固定ボルト90を、取付部材6の雌ねじ6aに螺合させる。

Through holes for allowing the fixing bolts 90 to pass therethrough are provided in the upper surface portion of the channel member 60A at intervals so as not to overlap the boss member 60B. This through hole corresponds to the position of the female screw 6 a of the mounting member 6. Thereby, when fixing the attachment unit 60 to the attachment member 6 so that attachment or detachment is possible, the fixing bolt 90 inserted through the through hole from the lower opening of the groove formed in the groove-shaped member 60A is inserted into the female screw 6a of the attachment member 6. Screwed on.

 次に、図面を用いて、本発明によるクローラ走行装置1の具体的な実施形態の1つを説明する。このクローラ走行装置1はコンバインに装備されている。図2は、コンバインの側面図である。

 図2に示すように、このコンバインは普通型コンバインであり、走行方向である前後方向に延びた機体フレーム3の下方に左右一対のクローラ走行装置1を備え、この左右一対のクローラ走行装置1を運転座席11の下方に設けたエンジン(図示せず)からの駆動力によって駆動することで自走する。機体フレーム3の前部には刈取り部10が連結され、機体フレーム3の後部には脱穀装置12及び穀粒タンク13が装備されている。刈取り部10は油圧シリンダ15によって下降作業位置と上昇非作業位置とに揺動昇降可能である。このコンバインは、刈取り部10を下降作業位置にして走行機体を走行させることにより、稲、麦などの収穫作業を行なう。

Next, one specific embodiment of the crawler traveling device 1 according to the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. This crawler traveling device 1 is equipped in a combine. FIG. 2 is a side view of the combine.

As shown in FIG. 2, the combine is a normal combine, and includes a pair of left and right crawler travel devices 1 below a body frame 3 extending in the front-rear direction, which is the travel direction. Self-propelled by being driven by a driving force from an engine (not shown) provided below the driver seat 11. A mowing unit 10 is connected to the front part of the machine body frame 3, and a threshing device 12 and a grain tank 13 are provided to the rear part of the machine body frame 3. The mowing unit 10 can be moved up and down by a hydraulic cylinder 15 between a lowering working position and a rising non-working position. The combine performs harvesting work such as rice and wheat by running the traveling machine with the cutting unit 10 in the lowering work position.

 刈取り部10は、刈取対象となる作物の穂先側を後方に向けて掻込む回転リール10a、作物の株元を切断して刈り取るバリカン型の刈取装置10b、穀稈を機体後方側に搬送して脱穀装置12に供給するフィーダ12a等を備えている。穀粒タンク13は、脱穀装置12から搬送された脱穀粒を回収して貯留する。貯留された脱穀粒はオーガ14によって外部に搬出される。

The harvesting unit 10 conveys the rotary reel 10a that scrapes the crop head to be harvested toward the rear, the clipper type harvesting device 10b that cuts and harvests the crop stock, and the grain straws to the rear side of the machine body. The feeder 12a etc. which are supplied to the threshing device 12 are provided. The grain tank 13 collects and stores the threshed grains conveyed from the threshing device 12. The stored threshing grains are carried out by the auger 14.

 図3は、左側のクローラ走行装置1の全体を示す側面図である。図4は、図3におけるIV-IV線に沿った断面図である。図3と図4に示すように、クローラ走行装置1は、ベース体として前後方向に延びたトラックフレーム20を備えている。トラックフレーム20は、前ブラケット16aと後ブラケット16bとを介して機体フレーム3から吊り下げられるような形態で機体フレーム3に支持されている。トラックフレーム20は四角形断面の角パイプである。

FIG. 3 is a side view showing the entire crawler traveling device 1 on the left side. FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line IV-IV in FIG. As shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, the crawler traveling device 1 includes a track frame 20 that extends in the front-rear direction as a base body. The track frame 20 is supported by the body frame 3 in such a manner as to be suspended from the body frame 3 via the front bracket 16a and the rear bracket 16b. The track frame 20 is a square pipe having a square cross section.

 トラックフレーム20の前方箇所には、ミッションケース17に支持されている駆動スプロケット21が、前ブラケット16aとトラックフレーム20と機体フレーム3とに接続した取付部材16cを介して取り付けられている。トラックフレーム20の後端部には、テンションスプロケット22が、トラックフレーム20に支持された進退機構30を介して取り付けられている。ゴム製のクローラベルト26が駆動スプロケット21とテンションスプロケット22とに掛け回されている。駆動スプロケット21とテンションスプロケット22との間でトラックフレーム20の下方には、クローラベルト26の接地側を回送するベルト辺を案内する6つの転輪23が配置されている。駆動スプロケット21とテンションスプロケット22とは、クローラベルト26の長手方向での複数箇所に埋設された芯金に設けられた左右一対の芯金突起26aの間に形成される谷部26cに形成されている歯部に噛み込む。転輪23は、左右一対の芯金突起26aを跨るようにしてクローラベルト26を地面に押さえ込む。

A drive sprocket 21 supported by the transmission case 17 is attached to a front portion of the track frame 20 via an attachment member 16c connected to the front bracket 16a, the track frame 20, and the body frame 3. A tension sprocket 22 is attached to the rear end of the track frame 20 via an advance / retreat mechanism 30 supported by the track frame 20. A rubber crawler belt 26 is wound around the drive sprocket 21 and the tension sprocket 22. Below the track frame 20 between the drive sprocket 21 and the tension sprocket 22, six rolling wheels 23 for guiding the belt side that feeds the grounding side of the crawler belt 26 are arranged. The drive sprocket 21 and the tension sprocket 22 are formed in a trough 26c formed between a pair of left and right cored bar projections 26a provided on a cored bar embedded in a plurality of locations in the longitudinal direction of the crawler belt 26. Bite into the teeth. The wheel 23 presses the crawler belt 26 to the ground so as to straddle the pair of left and right core metal protrusions 26a.

 複数の転輪23は、前側と後側に分かれた取付ユニット60を介してトラックフレーム20に支持される。取付ユニット60とトラックフレーム20との間のボルト固定のため、トラックフレーム20の下面の取付ユニット60との取付箇所には、取付部材6が溶接固定されている。この取付部材6は、各パイプであるトラックフレームの壁厚さの数倍の厚さを有しており、トラックフレーム20の補強板としても機能する。取付部材6には貫通孔が設けられ、その貫通孔にはボルト固定のために用いられる雌ねじ6aが形成されている。さらに、ボルト固定の際に、取付部材6から突き出たボルト先端部を逃がすための開口20aがトラックフレーム20の下面にも設けられている。

The plurality of rolling wheels 23 are supported by the track frame 20 via mounting units 60 that are divided into a front side and a rear side. In order to fix the bolt between the mounting unit 60 and the track frame 20, the mounting member 6 is welded and fixed to the mounting position of the mounting unit 60 on the lower surface of the track frame 20. The attachment member 6 has a thickness several times the wall thickness of the track frame that is each pipe, and also functions as a reinforcing plate of the track frame 20. The attachment member 6 is provided with a through hole, and a female screw 6a used for fixing the bolt is formed in the through hole. Further, an opening 20 a for releasing the bolt tip protruding from the attachment member 6 when the bolt is fixed is also provided on the lower surface of the track frame 20.

 この実施形態では、6つの転輪23が3つの転輪23からなる前後2つのグループに分けられ、それぞれのグループが前側と後側に分かれた取付ユニット60に取り付けられる。この2つの取付ユニット60は、上記のように、トラックフレーム20にボルト固定される。前側の取付ユニット60と後側の取付ユニット60とは全く同形ではないが、実質的な違いはないので、ここでは共通的に説明する。

 取付ユニット60は溝形部材60Aとこの溝形部材60Aに溶接されたボス部材60Bとからなる。溝形部材60Aは、ともに板材である底板部62と左右の側板部61とからなる長尺部材である。左右の側板部61は、それぞれ底板部62の左右端から底板部62に対して直角に接続されており、底板部62と左右の側板部61との間に下方に開口した矩形断面の内部空間を作り出している。なお、溝形部材60Aとして、底板部62と側板部61とが一体となったチャンネル鋼を用いてもよい。ボス部材60Bは、ほぼ外径が一定な円筒体であり、その軸方向の長さは、左右の側板部61の間隔より長い。この結果、ボス部材60Bは、側板部61から外側に突き出した部分を有している。側板部61には転輪23の取付ピッチに合わせて半円状の切欠きが設けられており、この切欠きにボス部材60Bの外周面をはめ込んだ状態で、側板部61とボス部材60Bとが溶接されている。

In this embodiment, the six wheels 23 are divided into two front and rear groups of three wheels 23, and each group is attached to a mounting unit 60 that is divided into a front side and a rear side. The two attachment units 60 are bolted to the track frame 20 as described above. Although the front mounting unit 60 and the rear mounting unit 60 are not identical in shape, there is no substantial difference, and therefore, they will be described in common here.

The mounting unit 60 includes a channel member 60A and a boss member 60B welded to the channel member 60A. The channel member 60 </ b> A is a long member composed of a bottom plate portion 62 and left and right side plate portions 61, both of which are plate materials. The left and right side plate portions 61 are connected at right angles to the bottom plate portion 62 from the left and right ends of the bottom plate portion 62, respectively, and have a rectangular cross-section internal space opened downward between the bottom plate portion 62 and the left and right side plate portions 61. Is producing. Note that channel steel in which the bottom plate portion 62 and the side plate portion 61 are integrated may be used as the groove member 60A. The boss member 60 </ b> B is a cylindrical body having a substantially constant outer diameter, and its axial length is longer than the interval between the left and right side plate portions 61. As a result, the boss member 60 </ b> B has a portion protruding outward from the side plate portion 61. The side plate portion 61 is provided with a semicircular cutout in accordance with the mounting pitch of the wheel 23, and the side plate portion 61, the boss member 60B, and the boss member 60B are inserted into the cutout with the outer peripheral surface of the boss member 60B fitted. Are welded.

 転輪23は、転輪軸8と、この転輪軸8の両端にボルト固定された左右一対の転輪ハーフ体23aからなる。ボス部材60Bの両端領域の内壁面には転輪軸8を支持するボールベアリング80が配置されており、転輪軸8を回転可能に支持している。各ボールベアリング80の外側にはシール部材81が装着されている。転輪軸8は、ボス部材60Bより長く、ボス部材60Bの両端から突き出た転輪軸8の突出部にそれぞれ転輪ハーフ体23aが固定されている。転輪軸8にはグリス注入孔8aが形成されており、転輪軸8の端部に設けられたグリス注入口から注入されたグリスが、グリス注入孔8aを通過し、ボス部材60Bの内壁面と左右一対のボールベアリング80との間に形成された空間に充填される。なお、この空間のグリス圧が高くなった際に過剰圧を逃がすブリーダ手段が形成されている。このブリーダ手段は、ボス部材60Bの周壁に設けられた貫通ねじ孔に螺合するプラグ82であり、このプラグ82に軸方向の貫通孔82aが逃がし孔として形成されている。

The wheel 23 includes a wheel shaft 8 and a pair of left and right wheel half bodies 23 a that are bolted to both ends of the wheel shaft 8. Ball bearings 80 that support the wheel shaft 8 are disposed on the inner wall surfaces of both end regions of the boss member 60B, and the wheel shaft 8 is rotatably supported. A seal member 81 is attached to the outside of each ball bearing 80. The roller shaft 8 is longer than the boss member 60B, and the wheel half members 23a are fixed to the protruding portions of the roller shaft 8 protruding from both ends of the boss member 60B. The roller shaft 8 is formed with a grease injection hole 8a. The grease injected from the grease injection port provided at the end of the wheel shaft 8 passes through the grease injection hole 8a, and the inner wall surface of the boss member 60B. A space formed between the pair of left and right ball bearings 80 is filled. Note that a bleeder means is formed for releasing excess pressure when the grease pressure in the space increases. The bleeder means is a plug 82 that is screwed into a through screw hole provided in the peripheral wall of the boss member 60B, and an axial through hole 82a is formed in the plug 82 as an escape hole.

 上記のように、3つの転輪23と取付ユニット60は一体化されているので、取付ユニット60をトラックフレーム20に固定することで、3つの転輪23がトラックフレーム20に固定される。取付ユニット60のトラックフレーム20への固定のために、左右の側板部61の間から底板部62に設けられた貫通孔62aに固定ボルト90を挿通し、雌ねじ6aが形成された取付部材6の貫通孔に螺合される。固定ボルト90のボルト頭部と溝形部材60Aの底板部62との間には、ワッシャやスプリングワッシャ以外に当て板91が介在している。この当て板91は、固定ボルト90毎に設けられてもよいが、複数の固定ボルト90に共通の長尺板としてもよい。当て板91はトラックフレーム20に溶接等で固定されている。さらに、図3から明らかなように、各取付ユニット60のために2つの取付部材6が前後方向で間隔をあけて配置されている。それぞれの取付部材6には固定ボルト90と螺合する雌ねじ6aを形成した貫通孔が2つ、側面視で転輪23を挟むように設けられている。固定ボルト90の下方が開放されているので、ボルト固定作業が容易である。また、いずれの固定ボルト90もその左右側は側板部61によってカバーされており、泥水や異物を直接受ける可能性が少ない。

As described above, since the three wheels 23 and the mounting unit 60 are integrated, the three wheels 23 are fixed to the track frame 20 by fixing the mounting unit 60 to the track frame 20. In order to fix the mounting unit 60 to the track frame 20, the fixing bolt 90 is inserted into the through hole 62a provided in the bottom plate 62 from between the left and right side plate portions 61, and the mounting member 6 in which the female screw 6a is formed. Screwed into the through hole. Between the bolt head portion of the fixing bolt 90 and the bottom plate portion 62 of the channel member 60A, a contact plate 91 is interposed in addition to the washer and the spring washer. The contact plate 91 may be provided for each fixing bolt 90, but may be a long plate common to the plurality of fixing bolts 90. The contact plate 91 is fixed to the track frame 20 by welding or the like. Further, as is apparent from FIG. 3, two attachment members 6 are arranged at intervals in the front-rear direction for each attachment unit 60. Each mounting member 6 is provided with two through-holes in which a female screw 6a to be screwed with the fixing bolt 90 is provided so as to sandwich the wheel 23 in a side view. Since the lower part of the fixing bolt 90 is opened, the bolt fixing work is easy. Further, the left and right sides of any of the fixing bolts 90 are covered by the side plate portion 61, and there is little possibility of receiving muddy water or foreign matter directly.

 クローラベルト26の上側回送ベルト辺を案内する案内輪25は、図5に示されているように、実質的には転輪23と同じ構造を有しており、転輪軸8と、この転輪軸8の両端にボルト固定された左右一対の案内輪ハーフ体25aとからなる。案内輪25をトラックフレーム20に取り付ける案内輪用取付ユニット63も転輪23の取付ユニット60と類似している。この案内輪用取付ユニット63はブラケット63Aとボス部材63Bとからなり、ボス部材63Bは取付ユニット60のボス部材60Bと同一である。ブラケット63Aは左右一対のブラケット板からなり、それぞれその一端がボス部材63Bに溶接されるとともに、その他端がトラックフレーム20の上面に溶接されている。もちろん、この案内輪用取付ユニット63も転輪23の取付ユニット60と同様にトラックフレーム20に対してボルト連結する構成を採用してもよい。また、機体フレーム3にトラックフレーム20を連結している後ブラケット16bにブラケット63Aを連結させてもよい。

As shown in FIG. 5, the guide wheel 25 that guides the upper transfer belt side of the crawler belt 26 has substantially the same structure as the wheel 23, and includes the wheel shaft 8 and the wheel shaft. 8 and a pair of left and right guide wheel half bodies 25a which are bolted to both ends. A guide wheel mounting unit 63 for mounting the guide wheel 25 to the track frame 20 is similar to the mounting unit 60 of the roller 23. The guide wheel mounting unit 63 includes a bracket 63A and a boss member 63B. The boss member 63B is the same as the boss member 60B of the mounting unit 60. The bracket 63A is composed of a pair of left and right bracket plates, one end of which is welded to the boss member 63B, and the other end is welded to the upper surface of the track frame 20. Of course, the guide wheel mounting unit 63 may be configured to be bolted to the track frame 20 in the same manner as the mounting unit 60 of the rolling wheel 23. Further, the bracket 63A may be connected to the rear bracket 16b after the track frame 20 is connected to the body frame 3.

 図6と図7に示すように、テンションスプロケット22は、トラックフレーム20の後端部に設けた進退機構30に組み込まれており、トラックフレーム20に対して前後方向に移動調整可能である。テンションスプロケット22はそのボス部に設けたボールベアリングを介してテンション軸22bに回転可能に支持されている。テンションスプロケット22のスプロケット部22aは台形断面ではなく、台形の下に四角形を追加した断面形状を有し、この四角形断面の追加により強度を高めている。この結果、テンションスプロケット22は、従来に比べて大きな径を有している。

As shown in FIGS. 6 and 7, the tension sprocket 22 is incorporated in an advancing / retracting mechanism 30 provided at the rear end portion of the track frame 20, and can be moved and adjusted with respect to the track frame 20 in the front-rear direction. The tension sprocket 22 is rotatably supported on the tension shaft 22b via a ball bearing provided on the boss portion. The sprocket portion 22a of the tension sprocket 22 has not a trapezoidal cross section but has a cross sectional shape in which a square is added below the trapezoid, and the strength is enhanced by the addition of the square cross section. As a result, the tension sprocket 22 has a larger diameter than the conventional one.

 進退機構30は、保持ユニット31と支持ロッド32と調節ねじ機構33とを含む。保持ユニット31は、板状の基台31bとこの基台31bの後側の面に立設している左右一対の側板31aとからなる。テンションスプロケット22を回転可能に支持しているテンション軸22bは左右一対の側板31aによって両持ち支持されている。基台31bの前側の面には機体前後方向に延びる支持ロッド32が連結されている。支持ロッド32は、トラックフレーム20の四角形状の内側断面に一致またはほぼ一致する四角形状の外側断面を有しており、トラックフレーム20の内面に案内されてトラックフレーム20の内部に機体前後方向に摺動可能に挿入されている。

The advance / retreat mechanism 30 includes a holding unit 31, a support rod 32, and an adjustment screw mechanism 33. The holding unit 31 includes a plate-like base 31b and a pair of left and right side plates 31a standing on the rear surface of the base 31b. The tension shaft 22b that rotatably supports the tension sprocket 22 is supported at both ends by a pair of left and right side plates 31a. A support rod 32 extending in the longitudinal direction of the machine body is connected to the front surface of the base 31b. The support rod 32 has a rectangular outer cross section that coincides with or substantially coincides with the rectangular inner cross section of the track frame 20, and is guided by the inner surface of the track frame 20 in the track frame 20 in the longitudinal direction of the body. It is slidably inserted.

 調節ねじ機構33は、トラックフレーム20を挟んで、左右一対で備えられている。各調節ねじ機構33は、ねじロッドである調整ねじ体33aと、第1ねじ体受け部33bと、第2ねじ体受け部33cとを有する。第1ねじ体受け部33bは保持ユニット31の基台31bに固定され、第2ねじ体受け部33cはトラックフレーム20に連結されたブラケット27に固定されている。第1ねじ体受け部33bと第2ねじ体受け部33cとは、調整ねじ体33aが支持ロッド32と平行となるように調整ねじ体33aを保持する。第1ねじ体受け部33bは、調整ねじ体33aのねじ部と螺合する貫通ねじ孔を有する。第2ねじ体受け部33cは、調整ねじ体33aの胴部を貫通させるとともに調整ねじ体33aとの間の相対的な軸方向移動を禁止する係合孔を有する。つまり、この調節ねじ機構33は、第1ねじ体受け部33bをこま部材として用いたねじ式往復移動機構である。したがって、調整ねじ体33aを一方方向に回転させることにより、支持ロッド32とトラックフレーム20とによって案内されながら、テンションスプロケット22が前進し、調整ねじ体33aを他方方向に回転させることにより、テンションスプロケット22が後退する。このトラックフレーム20に対するテンションスプロケット22の機体前後方向の移動調整により、クローラベルト26の最適なテンションを作り出し、その最適位置でテンションスプロケット22が固定される。

The adjustment screw mechanism 33 is provided in a pair of left and right with the track frame 20 interposed therebetween. Each adjustment screw mechanism 33 includes an adjustment screw body 33a that is a screw rod, a first screw body receiving portion 33b, and a second screw body receiving portion 33c. The first screw body receiving portion 33 b is fixed to the base 31 b of the holding unit 31, and the second screw body receiving portion 33 c is fixed to the bracket 27 connected to the track frame 20. The first screw body receiving portion 33 b and the second screw body receiving portion 33 c hold the adjustment screw body 33 a so that the adjustment screw body 33 a is parallel to the support rod 32. The 1st screw body receiving part 33b has a penetration screw hole screwed together with the screw part of adjustment screw body 33a. The second screw body receiving portion 33c has an engagement hole that penetrates the body portion of the adjustment screw body 33a and prohibits relative axial movement with the adjustment screw body 33a. That is, the adjusting screw mechanism 33 is a screw type reciprocating mechanism using the first screw body receiving portion 33b as a top member. Therefore, by rotating the adjustment screw body 33a in one direction, the tension sprocket 22 advances while being guided by the support rod 32 and the track frame 20, and by rotating the adjustment screw body 33a in the other direction, the tension sprocket 22 moves backward. By adjusting the movement of the tension sprocket 22 relative to the track frame 20 in the longitudinal direction of the machine body, an optimum tension of the crawler belt 26 is created, and the tension sprocket 22 is fixed at the optimum position.

 なお、図4と図7とから理解できるように、トラックフレーム20に取付ユニット60を固定する固定ボルト90のうちテンションスプロケット22に近い固定ボルト90の先端がトラックフレーム20の内部に入り込むと、支持ロッド32と干渉する。このため、支持ロッド32と干渉する可能性のある固定ボルト90の長さ及び当該固定ボルト90が挿入される取付部材6の長さとは、固定ボルト90を最大に締め付けても、固定ボルト90の先端がトラックフレーム20の内部に達しないように設定されている。

As can be understood from FIGS. 4 and 7, when the tip of the fixing bolt 90 near the tension sprocket 22 out of the fixing bolt 90 for fixing the mounting unit 60 to the track frame 20 enters the track frame 20, the support is performed. Interference with the rod 32. For this reason, the length of the fixing bolt 90 that may interfere with the support rod 32 and the length of the mounting member 6 into which the fixing bolt 90 is inserted are the same as those of the fixing bolt 90 even if the fixing bolt 90 is tightened to the maximum. The tip is set so as not to reach the inside of the track frame 20.

 図4,5,6に示すように、6つの転輪23の左右一対の転輪ハーフ体23aは、クローラベルト26の左右一対の芯金突起26aの両横外側にそれぞれ位置してクローラベルト26の内周面に支持作用する。この左右一対の芯金突起26aの間に形成される谷部26cを押さえ込むクローラガイド28が、図3及び図8に示すように、取付ユニット40の溝形部材60Aの側板部61に、ボルト固定されている。

As shown in FIGS. 4, 5, and 6, the pair of left and right wheel half bodies 23 a of the six wheel wheels 23 are positioned on both lateral outer sides of the pair of left and right cored bar protrusions 26 a of the crawler belt 26, respectively. Supports the inner peripheral surface of the. As shown in FIGS. 3 and 8, the crawler guide 28 that presses the valley portion 26 c formed between the pair of left and right cored bar protrusions 26 a is bolted to the side plate portion 61 of the channel member 60 </ b> A of the mounting unit 40. Has been.

 このクローラガイド28は、スキー板状のガイド本体部28aとこのガイド本体部28aの上面に突設された取付部28bとからなり、ガイド本体部28a及び取付部28bは、鋳造によって一体形成されている。ガイド本体部28aの幅はクローラベルト26の谷部26cに対応しており、取付部28bの幅は溝形部材60Aの左右の側板部61の間隔に対応している。側板部61と取付部28bとには隣接する転輪軸8の間の中間位置に共通の貫通孔61a、28cが設けられており、この貫通孔61a、28cを利用して、クローラガイド28は、取付ユニット40にボルト連結される。

The crawler guide 28 includes a ski plate-shaped guide main body portion 28a and an attachment portion 28b protruding from the upper surface of the guide main body portion 28a. The guide main body portion 28a and the attachment portion 28b are integrally formed by casting. Yes. The width of the guide main body portion 28a corresponds to the valley portion 26c of the crawler belt 26, and the width of the mounting portion 28b corresponds to the interval between the left and right side plate portions 61 of the channel member 60A. The side plate portion 61 and the attachment portion 28b are provided with common through holes 61a and 28c at an intermediate position between the adjacent wheel shafts 8. By using the through holes 61a and 28c, the crawler guide 28 is It is bolted to the mounting unit 40.

〔第一実施形態の別実施形態〕

(1)上述した第一実施形態では、3つの転輪23がワンセットとして1つの取付ユニット60に備えられていたが、1つの取付ユニットに備えられる転輪23の数量は2つでもよいし、4つ以上でもよい。

[Another embodiment of the first embodiment]

(1) In the first embodiment described above, the three rolling wheels 23 are provided in one mounting unit 60 as one set, but the number of the rolling wheels 23 provided in one mounting unit may be two. There may be four or more.

(2)上述した第一実施形態では、すべての転輪23の形状は同一であったが異なる形状のものを組み合わせてもよい。

(2) In the first embodiment described above, the shapes of all the wheels 23 are the same, but different shapes may be combined.

(3)上述した第一実施形態では、クローラガイド28は、ガイド本体部28aと取付部28bとを一体形成されていたが、ガイド本体部28aと取付部28bとを別々に形成した後に溶接などによって連結してもよい。

(3) In the first embodiment described above, the crawler guide 28 is integrally formed with the guide main body portion 28a and the attachment portion 28b. However, after the guide main body portion 28a and the attachment portion 28b are separately formed, welding or the like is performed. You may connect by.

(4)上述した第一実施形態では、トラックフレーム20は四角形ないしは正方形のパイプ材であったが、その他の多角形ないしは円形のパイプ材であってもよい。その際、トラックフレーム20の内部に嵌入される支持ロッド32もトラックフレーム20の内側断面に相応に適合する断面を有するとよい。

(4) In the first embodiment described above, the track frame 20 is a quadrangular or square pipe material, but may be another polygonal or circular pipe material. At this time, the support rod 32 inserted into the inside of the track frame 20 may have a cross section corresponding to the inner cross section of the track frame 20.

(5)上述した第一実施形態では、取付部材6は、複数の固定ボルト90のために共通する長尺の板材で構成されていたが、1つの固定ボルト90のための、つまり1つの雌ねじ6aだけを形成した短い板材としてもよい。

(5) In the first embodiment described above, the attachment member 6 is formed of a long plate material common to the plurality of fixing bolts 90, but for one fixing bolt 90, that is, one female screw. It is good also as a short board material which formed only 6a.

(6)上述した第一実施形態では、トラックフレーム20が機体フレーム3に固定されていたが、トラックフレーム20が前後一対の揺動操作自在な支持アームを介して昇降操作自在に機体フレーム3に支持されるような構成を採用してもよい。

(6) In the first embodiment described above, the track frame 20 is fixed to the body frame 3, but the track frame 20 can be moved up and down via a pair of front and rear swingable support arms. You may employ | adopt the structure which is supported.
〔第二実施形態〕
 本発明の第二実施形態について、以下に説明する。
 先ず、本発明の第二実施形態に係る普通型コンバインの全体構成について、図9から図11により説明する。
[Second Embodiment]
A second embodiment of the present invention will be described below.
First, the overall configuration of the ordinary combine according to the second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.

 図9及び図10に示すように、普通型コンバインには、クローラ式の走行機体101が備えられている。走行機体101の前部には、運転部102が設けられている。運転部102の後方には、脱穀装置103及び穀粒タンク104が、左右方向に並設されている。また、走行機体101の前方には、刈取部105が設けられている。刈取部105の後部には、刈取穀稈を脱穀装置103に搬送するフィーダ106が設けられている。

As shown in FIGS. 9 and 10, the ordinary combine is provided with a crawler type traveling machine body 101. A driving unit 102 is provided at the front of the traveling machine body 101. A threshing device 103 and a grain tank 104 are juxtaposed in the left-right direction behind the operation unit 102. Further, a cutting part 105 is provided in front of the traveling machine body 101. A feeder 106 that conveys the harvested cereal meal to the threshing device 103 is provided at the rear of the harvesting unit 105.

 図11に示すように、フィーダ106は、フィーダケース107内で刈取穀稈を搬送する。フィーダケース107の前端部には、前側回転体108が回転自在に支持されている。フィーダケース107の後端部には、後側回転体109が回転自在に支持されている。前側回転体108と後側回転体109とには、左右一対の搬送チェーン110が巻き付けられている。左右一対の搬送チェーン110には、搬送板111が設けられている。左右一対の搬送チェーン110は、図示しない正転機構により矢印A1の方向に正回転し、かつ、図示しない逆転機構により矢印A1とは反対方向に逆回転する。

As shown in FIG. 11, the feeder 106 conveys the harvested cereal meal in the feeder case 107. A front rotating body 108 is rotatably supported at the front end portion of the feeder case 107. A rear rotating body 109 is rotatably supported at the rear end portion of the feeder case 107. A pair of left and right transport chains 110 are wound around the front rotating body 108 and the rear rotating body 109. A pair of left and right transport chains 110 are provided with a transport plate 111. The pair of left and right transport chains 110 rotate forward in the direction of arrow A1 by a forward rotation mechanism (not shown), and reversely rotate in the direction opposite to arrow A1 by a reverse rotation mechanism (not shown).

 また、フィーダケース107の天板170には、吸塵口170aが形成されている。吸塵口170aの上方には、フィーダケース107内の塵埃を吸塵口170aから吸引して外部に排出する吸塵ファン112が設けられている。吸塵口170aには、詳しくは後述する捕捉部材120が取り付けられている。

Further, a dust suction port 170 a is formed in the top plate 170 of the feeder case 107. Above the dust suction port 170a, a dust suction fan 112 that sucks dust in the feeder case 107 from the dust suction port 170a and discharges it to the outside is provided. A capturing member 120, which will be described in detail later, is attached to the dust suction port 170a.

 次に、吸塵ファン112について、図12から図14により説明する。

Next, the dust suction fan 112 will be described with reference to FIGS.

 図12から図14に示すように、吸塵ファン112は、左右向きの軸心X1周りに回転する。吸塵ファン112は、モータ113で駆動される。吸塵ファン112は、ファンケース115で覆われている。また、吸塵ファン112は、フィーダケース107の天板170の左横端近傍に配置されている。吸塵ファン112における回転軌跡の下端部は、吸塵口170aの周縁(又はその近傍)に位置している。吸塵ファン112における塵埃流動方向下流側の端縁は、フィーダケース107の横板部171の外面と略面一である。

As shown in FIGS. 12 to 14, the dust suction fan 112 rotates around the axis X <b> 1 that faces in the left-right direction. The dust suction fan 112 is driven by a motor 113. The dust suction fan 112 is covered with a fan case 115. Further, the dust suction fan 112 is disposed near the left lateral end of the top plate 170 of the feeder case 107. The lower end of the rotation locus of the dust suction fan 112 is located at the periphery (or the vicinity thereof) of the dust suction port 170a. The end of the dust suction fan 112 on the downstream side in the direction of dust flow is substantially flush with the outer surface of the lateral plate portion 171 of the feeder case 107.

 ファンケース115は、吸引側ケース116と、排出側ケース117と、を備えている。吸引側ケース116は、吸塵ファン112に対して塵埃流動方向上流側に配置されている。排出側ケース117は、吸塵ファン112に対して塵埃流動方向下流側に配置されている。吸引側ケース116と排出側ケース117とは、ボルト118で着脱可能(連結解除可能)に連結されている。吸引側ケース116と排出側ケース117との連結部分は、フィーダケース107の横板部171の外面と略同一面上に位置している。

The fan case 115 includes a suction side case 116 and a discharge side case 117. The suction side case 116 is disposed upstream of the dust suction fan 112 in the dust flow direction. The discharge case 117 is disposed downstream of the dust suction fan 112 in the direction of dust flow. The suction side case 116 and the discharge side case 117 are detachably connected (removable) with bolts 118. A connecting portion between the suction side case 116 and the discharge side case 117 is located on substantially the same plane as the outer surface of the lateral plate portion 171 of the feeder case 107.

 吸引側ケース116の下端は、天板170から上方に突出するスタッドボルト124(本発明に係る「突状部」に相当)に、ノブナット125(本発明に係る「締結具」に相当)によって連結されている。天板170からは、複数(例えば、四本)のスタッドボルト124が上方に突出している。吸引側ケース116の下端には、スタッドボルト124が挿通されるボルト孔116aが、四つ形成されている。吸引側ケース116の下端は、押さえフレーム126(本発明に係る「押さえ部材」に相当)によって上方から押さえられている。また、吸引側ケース116における吸塵ファン112と対向する部分には、吸塵ファン112側に凹入する凹入部116bが形成されている。

The lower end of the suction side case 116 is connected to a stud bolt 124 (corresponding to a “projection” according to the present invention) protruding upward from the top plate 170 by a knob nut 125 (corresponding to a “fastener” according to the present invention). Has been. A plurality of (for example, four) stud bolts 124 protrude upward from the top plate 170. Four bolt holes 116 a through which stud bolts 124 are inserted are formed at the lower end of the suction side case 116. The lower end of the suction side case 116 is pressed from above by a pressing frame 126 (corresponding to a “pressing member” according to the present invention). Further, a recessed portion 116 b that is recessed into the dust suction fan 112 side is formed in a portion of the suction side case 116 that faces the dust suction fan 112.

 凹入部116bは、吸引側ケース116のうち吸塵ファン112と軸心X1の方向に対抗する部分に形成されている。凹入部116bの凹入方向は、機体横外方向(左横外方向)である。

The recessed portion 116b is formed in a portion of the suction side case 116 that opposes the direction of the dust suction fan 112 and the axis X1. The recess insertion direction of the recess 116b is the lateral lateral direction (left lateral lateral direction).

 モータ113は、吸塵ファン112に対して塵埃流動方向上流側に配置されている。つまり、モータ113は、吸塵ファン112に対して塵埃流動方向上流側から動力を入力している。また、モータ113は、吸塵口170aと吸塵ファン112との間に配置されている。モータ113は、塵埃が流動する塵埃流動経路と区画されている。具体的には、モータ113は、凹入部116bと吸塵ファン112とが対向する区間においてカバー119で覆われている。また、モータ113は、凹入部116b(凹入部116bの底部)を貫通した状態で支持されている。

The motor 113 is disposed upstream of the dust suction fan 112 in the dust flow direction. That is, the motor 113 inputs power from the upstream side in the dust flow direction to the dust suction fan 112. The motor 113 is disposed between the dust suction port 170a and the dust suction fan 112. The motor 113 is partitioned from a dust flow path through which dust flows. Specifically, the motor 113 is covered with a cover 119 in a section where the recessed portion 116b and the dust suction fan 112 face each other. The motor 113 is supported in a state of penetrating through the recessed portion 116b (the bottom portion of the recessed portion 116b).

 押さえフレーム126には、スタッドボルト124が挿通されるボルト孔126aが、四つ形成されている。押さえフレーム126は、スタッドボルト124にノブナット125によって吸引側ケース16の下端と共締め連結されている。つまり、押さえフレーム126は、吸引側ケース116及び捕捉部材120と共に、スタッドボルト124にノブナット125によって共締め連結されている。また、押さえフレーム126には、取付ステー127を介して、モータ113用のブレーカー114が取り付けられている。つまり、モータ113用のブレーカー114が、吸塵ファン112に隣接して備えられている。

The holding frame 126 is formed with four bolt holes 126a through which the stud bolts 124 are inserted. The holding frame 126 is coupled to the stud bolt 124 by a knob nut 125 together with the lower end of the suction side case 16. That is, the holding frame 126 is coupled to the stud bolt 124 by the knob nut 125 together with the suction side case 116 and the capturing member 120. Further, a breaker 114 for the motor 113 is attached to the holding frame 126 via an attachment stay 127. That is, a breaker 114 for the motor 113 is provided adjacent to the dust suction fan 112.

 次に、捕捉部材120について、図12から図14により説明する。

Next, the capture member 120 will be described with reference to FIGS.

 図12から図14に示すように、捕捉部材120は、吸塵ファン112に向かって流れる穀稈を捕捉する。捕捉部材120は、フィーダケース107の天板170と吸引側ケース116の下端とで、挟み込み支持されている。捕捉部材120は、フィーダケース107に対して着脱可能に構成されている。具体的には、捕捉部材120は、スタッドボルト124にノブナット125によって吸引側ケース116の下端と共締め連結されている。また、捕捉部材120は、複数(本実施形態では、三本)の丸棒121(本発明に係る「棒状部材」に相当)と、前後一対の支持フレーム122・123と、を備えている。

As shown in FIGS. 12 to 14, the capturing member 120 captures the cereals that flow toward the dust suction fan 112. The capturing member 120 is sandwiched and supported by the top plate 170 of the feeder case 107 and the lower end of the suction side case 116. The capturing member 120 is configured to be detachable from the feeder case 107. Specifically, the capture member 120 is coupled to the stud bolt 124 by a knob nut 125 together with the lower end of the suction side case 116. The capturing member 120 includes a plurality (three in this embodiment) of round bars 121 (corresponding to “bar-shaped members” according to the present invention) and a pair of front and rear support frames 122 and 123.

 丸棒121は、吸塵口170aに亘って互いに交差しないように配置されている。具体的には、丸棒121は、フィーダ106の搬送方向(前後方向)に対して略平行に配置されている。また、三本の丸棒121は、互いに所定の間隔(例えば、等間隔)をあけて配置されている。三本の丸棒121のうちの互いに隣り合う丸棒121同士の隙間は、吸塵口170aの全長(前後方向)に亘って形成されている。丸棒121は、吸塵口170aの左右方向の幅Bのうち左側(横外側)のみに配置されている。丸棒121は、フィーダケース107の天板170の上面よりも上方に突出しないように配置されている。つまり、丸棒121は、前後一対の支持フレーム122・123の下面に配置されている。

The round bars 121 are arranged so as not to cross each other over the dust suction port 170a. Specifically, the round bar 121 is disposed substantially parallel to the conveyance direction (front-rear direction) of the feeder 106. In addition, the three round bars 121 are arranged at a predetermined interval (for example, at equal intervals). A gap between the adjacent round bars 121 among the three round bars 121 is formed over the entire length (front-rear direction) of the dust suction port 170a. The round bar 121 is disposed only on the left side (laterally outside) of the width B in the left-right direction of the dust suction port 170a. The round bar 121 is disposed so as not to protrude above the top surface of the top plate 170 of the feeder case 107. That is, the round bar 121 is disposed on the lower surfaces of the pair of front and rear support frames 122 and 123.

 前後一対の支持フレーム122・123は、フィーダケース107の天板170の上面に配置されている。前後一対の支持フレーム122・123のうち前側の支持フレーム122は、吸塵口170aにおける前側縁に沿って配置されている。前側の支持フレーム122における左端部には、スタッドボルト124が挿通されるボルト孔122bが形成されている。前側の支持フレーム122には、前固定部122aが形成されている。前固定部122aは、吸塵口170aにおける前側縁から吸塵口170aの中心側に向かって突出している。前固定部122aの下面には、丸棒121の前端部が固定(例えば、溶接等)されている。

The pair of front and rear support frames 122 and 123 are disposed on the top surface of the top plate 170 of the feeder case 107. Of the pair of front and rear support frames 122 and 123, the front support frame 122 is disposed along the front edge of the dust suction port 170a. A bolt hole 122b through which the stud bolt 124 is inserted is formed at the left end portion of the front support frame 122. A front fixing part 122 a is formed on the front support frame 122. The front fixing portion 122a protrudes from the front edge of the dust suction port 170a toward the center of the dust suction port 170a. The front end portion of the round bar 121 is fixed (for example, welded or the like) to the lower surface of the front fixing portion 122a.

 前後一対の支持フレーム122・123のうち後側の支持フレーム123は、吸塵口170aにおける後側縁に沿って配置されている。後側の支持フレーム123における左端部には、スタッドボルト124が挿通されるボルト孔123bが形成されている。後側の支持フレーム123には、丸棒121の後端部が固定される後固定部123aが形成されている。後固定部123aは、吸塵口170aにおける後側縁から吸塵口170aの中心側に向かって突出している。丸棒121の後端部は、後側の支持フレーム123における後固定部123aの下面に固定(例えば、溶接等)されている。

Of the pair of front and rear support frames 122 and 123, the rear support frame 123 is disposed along the rear edge of the dust suction port 170a. A bolt hole 123b through which the stud bolt 124 is inserted is formed in the left end portion of the rear support frame 123. A rear fixing portion 123 a to which the rear end portion of the round bar 121 is fixed is formed on the rear support frame 123. The rear fixing portion 123a protrudes from the rear side edge of the dust suction port 170a toward the center side of the dust suction port 170a. The rear end portion of the round bar 121 is fixed (for example, by welding) to the lower surface of the rear fixing portion 123a in the rear support frame 123.

 以上のような構成により、捕捉部材120において、三本の丸棒121が吸塵口170aに亘って互いに交差しないように配置されている。つまり、捕捉部材120において、三本の丸棒121のうちの互いに隣り合う丸棒121同士の隙間が、吸塵口170aの全長(前後方向)に亘って形成されている。したがって、吸塵ファン112に向かって流れる穀稈を、三本の丸棒121で捕捉しつつも、三本の丸棒121のうちの互いに隣り合う丸棒121同士の間で、穀稈の絡み付きが発生し難い。

With the above configuration, in the capturing member 120, the three round bars 121 are arranged so as not to cross each other over the dust suction port 170a. That is, in the capturing member 120, a gap between the adjacent round bars 121 of the three round bars 121 is formed over the entire length (front-rear direction) of the dust suction port 170a. Therefore, while trapping the cereals flowing toward the dust suction fan 112 with the three round bars 121, the entanglement of the cereals between the round bars 121 adjacent to each other among the three round bars 121 occurs. It is hard to occur.

〔第二実施形態の別実施形態〕

 以下、本発明の第二実施形態の別実施形態について説明する。

[Another embodiment of the second embodiment]

Hereinafter, another embodiment of the second embodiment of the present invention will be described.

(1)上記第二実施形態において、捕捉部材120には、前後一対の支持フレーム122・123が備えられているが、例えば、図15に示すように、前側の支持フレーム122の一端部と後側の支持フレーム123の一端部とが支持フレームで連結されていてもよい。なお、この場合、前側の支持フレーム122の一端部と支持フレームとの連結部分と、後側の支持フレーム123の一端部と支持フレームとの連結部分とにも、それぞれボルト孔が形成されている。また、図示は省略するが、前側の支持フレーム122の一端部と後側の支持フレーム123の一端部とが支持フレームで連結され、かつ、前側の支持フレーム122の他端部と後側の支持フレーム123の他端部とが支持フレームで連結されていてもよい。

(1) In the second embodiment, the capturing member 120 is provided with a pair of front and rear support frames 122 and 123. For example, as shown in FIG. One end portion of the support frame 123 on the side may be connected by a support frame. In this case, bolt holes are also formed in a connection portion between the one end portion of the front support frame 122 and the support frame and a connection portion between the one end portion of the rear support frame 123 and the support frame. . Although not shown, one end of the front support frame 122 and one end of the rear support frame 123 are connected by a support frame, and the other end of the front support frame 122 and the rear support are connected. The other end of the frame 123 may be connected by a support frame.

(2)上記第二実施形態において、丸棒121は、フィーダ106の搬送方向に対して略平行に配置されているが、丸棒121は、フィーダ106の搬送方向に対して略直交に配置されていてもよい。また、丸棒121は、フィーダ106の搬送方向に対して斜めに配置されていてもよい。

(2) In the second embodiment, the round bar 121 is disposed substantially parallel to the conveyance direction of the feeder 106, but the round bar 121 is disposed substantially orthogonal to the conveyance direction of the feeder 106. It may be. Further, the round bar 121 may be disposed obliquely with respect to the conveying direction of the feeder 106.

(3)上記第二実施形態において、本発明に係る「棒状部材」は、丸棒121であるが、本発明に係る「棒状部材」は、角棒(例えば、断面が四角形状の角棒)でもよい。

(3) In the second embodiment, the “bar-shaped member” according to the present invention is a round bar 121, but the “bar-shaped member” according to the present invention is a square bar (for example, a square bar having a square cross section). But you can.

(4)上記第二実施形態において、丸棒121は、三本であるが、丸棒121は、二本でも四本以上でもよい。

(4) In the second embodiment, the number of the round bars 121 is three, but the number of the round bars 121 may be two or four or more.

(5)上記第二実施形態において、スタッドボルト124は、四本であるが、スタッドボルト124は、五本以上でもよい。

(5) In the second embodiment, the number of stud bolts 124 is four, but the number of stud bolts 124 may be five or more.

(6)上記第二実施形態において、本発明に係る「締結具」は、ノブナット125であるが、本発明に係る「締結具」は、蝶ナットでもよい。

(6) In the second embodiment, the “fastener” according to the present invention is the knob nut 125, but the “fastener” according to the present invention may be a wing nut.

(7)上記第二実施形態において、吸引側ケース116と排出側ケース117とは、ボルト118で着脱可能に連結されているが、ボルト118は、ノブボルトであってもよい。

(7) In the second embodiment, the suction side case 116 and the discharge side case 117 are detachably connected by a bolt 118, but the bolt 118 may be a knob bolt.
〔第三実施形態〕
 本発明の第三実施形態について、以下に説明する。
 先ず、脱穀装置の全体構成について、図16により説明する。なお、以下の説明では、脱穀装置において、脱穀処理物の搬送方向を前後方向とし、搬送始端側方向を前方向とし、搬送終端側方向を後方向とする。
[Third embodiment]
A third embodiment of the present invention will be described below.
First, the whole structure of a threshing apparatus will be described with reference to FIG. In the following description, in the threshing apparatus, the conveyance direction of the threshing product is the front-rear direction, the conveyance start end direction is the front direction, and the conveyance end side direction is the rear direction.

 図16に示すように、脱穀装置は、穀稈を脱穀して選別する。そして、脱穀装置は、脱穀部201と、選別部202と、を備えている。ちなみに、脱穀装置は、本実施形態では、普通型コンバインに備えられるものであるが、自脱型コンバインに備えられるものでもよい。

As shown in FIG. 16, the threshing apparatus threshs and sorts the cereal straw. The threshing apparatus includes a threshing unit 201 and a sorting unit 202. Incidentally, the threshing apparatus is provided in the ordinary combine in this embodiment, but may be provided in the self-decomposing combine.

 脱穀部201は、穀稈を脱穀する。そして、脱穀部201は、穀稈脱穀用の扱胴203を備えている。扱胴203は、前後方向の回転軸203aを介して、扱室204に回転可能に支持されている。また、脱穀部201には、扱胴203による脱穀処理物を漏下させる受網205が備えられている。

The threshing unit 201 threshs the cereal. The threshing unit 201 includes a handling cylinder 203 for threshing threshing. The handling cylinder 203 is rotatably supported by the handling chamber 204 via a rotation shaft 203a in the front-rear direction. In addition, the threshing unit 201 is provided with a receiving net 205 for leaking the threshing processed product by the handling drum 203.

 選別部202は、脱穀処理物(受網205から漏下した脱穀処理物)を選別する。そして、選別部202は、揺動選別装置206と、唐箕207と、一番回収部208と、二番回収部209と、を備えている。なお、唐箕207については、詳しくは後述する。

The sorting unit 202 sorts the threshing processed product (the threshing processed product leaked from the receiving net 205). The sorting unit 202 includes a swing sorting device 206, a red pepper 207, a first collecting unit 208, and a second collecting unit 209. The details of the red pepper 207 will be described later.

 揺動選別装置206は、脱穀処理物(受網205から漏下した脱穀処理物)を揺動選別する。そして、揺動選別装置206は、シーブケース210と、第一グレンパン211と、第一篩い線212及び第二篩い線213と、第二グレンパン214と、チャフシーブ215と、第一ストローラック216、第二ストローラック217及び第三ストローラック218と、グレンシーブ219と、を備えている。なお、第一篩い線212及び第二篩い線213、並びに第一ストローラック216、第二ストローラック217及び第三ストローラック218については、詳しくは後述する。

The swing sorting device 206 swings and sorts the threshing processed product (the threshing processed product leaked from the receiving net 205). Then, the swing sorter 206 includes a sheave case 210, a first grain pan 211, a first sieve line 212 and a second sieve line 213, a second grain pan 214, a chaff sheave 215, a first Strollac 216, a first Two Strollacs 217 and a third Strollac 218 and a Glen sieve 219 are provided. The first sieving wire 212 and the second sieving wire 213, and the first Strollac 216, the second Strollac 217 and the third Strollac 218 will be described in detail later.

 シーブケース210は、揺動可能に構成されている。つまり、シーブケース210は、偏心カム式の揺動機構220で前後方向に揺動される。そして、シーブケース210には、第一グレンパン211と、第一篩い線212及び第二篩い線213と、第二グレンパン214と、チャフシーブ215と、第一ストローラック216、第二ストローラック217及び第三ストローラック218と、並びにグレンシーブ219と、が設けられている。したがって、第一グレンパン211、第一篩い線212及び第二篩い線213、第二グレンパン214、チャフシーブ215、第一ストローラック216、第二ストローラック217及び第三ストローラック218、並びにグレンシーブ219は、シーブケース210とともに前後方向に揺動する。

The sheave case 210 is configured to be swingable. That is, the sheave case 210 is swung back and forth by the eccentric cam type swinging mechanism 220. The sheave case 210 includes a first gren pan 211, a first sieving line 212 and a second sieving line 213, a second gren pan 214, a chaff sheave 215, a first strollac 216, a second stroller 217, and a second Three Strollacs 218 and Glen sieves 219 are provided. Accordingly, the first Glen pan 211, the first sieve line 212 and the second sieve line 213, the second Glen pan 214, the chaff sheave 215, the first Strollac 216, the second Strollac 217 and the third Strollac 218, and the Glen Sheave 219 are: Swings in the front-rear direction together with the sheave case 210.

 第一グレンパン211は、脱穀処理物を比重差選別する。つまり、第一グレンパン211は、シーブケース210とともに前後方向に揺動することで、脱穀処理物を後方向に搬送しながら、比重の小さい藁屑等と比重の大きい穀粒等とに上下に層分けする。そして、第一グレンパン211は、側面視において略波形状に形成されている。この第一グレンパン211における波形部のうち、最も後端側に位置する波形部には、第一篩い線212が固定されている。また、第一グレンパン211は、シーブケース210の前端側(シーブケース210の前端部のみ)に設けられている。つまり、第一グレンパン211は、側面視において第二グレンパン214よりも短く形成されている。

The first gren pan 211 sorts the threshing product by specific gravity difference. In other words, the first gren pan 211 swings in the front-rear direction together with the sheave case 210, so that the threshing product is conveyed in the backward direction, and is divided into upper and lower layers such as sawdust having a small specific gravity and grains having a large specific gravity. To do. The first gren pan 211 is formed in a substantially wave shape in a side view. A first sieving line 212 is fixed to a waveform portion located on the most rear end side among the waveform portions in the first Glen pan 211. The first gren pan 211 is provided on the front end side of the sheave case 210 (only the front end portion of the sheave case 210). That is, the first Glen pan 211 is formed shorter than the second Glen pan 214 in a side view.

 チャフシーブ215は、脱穀処理物を漏下選別する。つまり、チャフシーブ215は、前後方向に所定間隔をあけて整列される角度調整可能な複数のチャフリップ板215aを備えている。そして、チャフシーブ215は、シーブケース210とともに前後方向に揺動することで、チャフリップ板215aの間から穀粒等を漏下させながら、漏下しなかった藁屑等を後方向に搬送する。なお、チャフリップ板215aの角度は、図示しない角度調整部によって調整される。

The chaff sheave 215 sorts out the processed threshing product. That is, the chaff sheave 215 is provided with a plurality of angle-adjustable chaff flip plates 215a that are aligned at a predetermined interval in the front-rear direction. Then, the chaff sheave 215 swings in the front-rear direction together with the sheave case 210, thereby conveying the swarf and the like that have not leaked backward while allowing grains and the like to leak from between the cha-flip plates 215a. The angle of the char flip plate 215a is adjusted by an angle adjusting unit (not shown).

 また、チャフシーブ215は、側面視において後端側上がりに傾斜している。そして、チャフシーブ215は、第二グレンパン214の後方に設けられている。つまり、チャフシーブ215は、第一篩い線212及び第二篩い線213の下方に設けられている。換言すると、チャフシーブ215は、シーブケース210において唐箕207の後方に設けられている。

Further, the chaff sheave 215 is inclined upward toward the rear end in a side view. The chaff sheave 215 is provided behind the second gren pan 214. That is, the chaff sheave 215 is provided below the first sieve line 212 and the second sieve line 213. In other words, the chaff sheave 215 is provided behind the tang 207 in the sheave case 210.

 第二グレンパン214は、脱穀処理物を比重差選別する。つまり、第二グレンパン214は、シーブケース210とともに前後方向に揺動することで、脱穀処理物を後方向に搬送しながら、比重の小さい藁屑等と比重の大きい穀粒等とに上下に層分けする。また、第二グレンパン214は、側面視において略波形状に形成されている。そして、第二グレンパン214の前端側には、第二グレンパン214における他の波形部よりも深い波形部214aが形成されている。つまり、波形部214aは、第二グレンパン214の前端部(最前端部)に形成されている。

The second glen pan 214 sorts the threshing product by specific gravity. In other words, the second glen pan 214 swings in the front-rear direction together with the sheave case 210, and stratifies the threshing processed product in the vertical direction while conveying the threshing processed product in the rearward direction, such as sawdust having a small specific gravity and grains having a large specific gravity. To do. Further, the second Glen pan 214 is formed in a substantially wave shape in a side view. A corrugated portion 214 a deeper than the other corrugated portions of the second Glen pan 214 is formed on the front end side of the second Glen pan 214. That is, the corrugated portion 214 a is formed at the front end portion (front end portion) of the second gren pan 214.

 また、第二グレンパン214は、第一グレンパン211の下方に設けられている。つまり、第二グレンパン214の上方には、第二グレンパン214とは別の第一グレンパン211が設けられている。また、第二グレンパン214とチャフシーブ215とが、略同じ高さに配置されている。そして、第二グレンパン214の後端部とチャフシーブ215の前端部(最も前端側に位置するチャフリップ板215a)とが、平面視において重複している。

The second gren pan 214 is provided below the first gren pan 211. That is, a first Glen pan 211 different from the second Glen pan 214 is provided above the second Glen pan 214. Further, the second Glen pan 214 and the chaff sheave 215 are arranged at substantially the same height. The rear end portion of the second gren pan 214 and the front end portion of the chaff sheave 215 (the chi-flip plate 215a positioned closest to the front end side) overlap in plan view.

 グレンシーブ219は、脱穀処理物を漏下選別する。つまり、グレンシーブ219は、単粒化穀粒を一番物として漏下させながら、漏下しなかった枝梗付き穀粒等を二番物として藁屑等とともに後方向に搬送する。また、グレンシーブ219は、唐箕207の後方であってチャフシーブ215の下方に設けられている。そして、グレンシーブ219の前端側には、上方に凸する凸部219aが設けられている。例えば、凸部219aは、上方に凸するよう(略山型)に折り曲げられた板状部材によって構成されている。

Glen sieve 219 sorts out the processed threshing product. In other words, the Glen Sheave 219 conveys the grain with branches and the like that has not leaked backwards together with the sawdust and the like as the second thing while causing the single grain to leak as the first thing. In addition, the Glen sheave 219 is provided behind the Tang Dynasty 207 and below the chaff sheave 215. And the convex part 219a which protrudes upwards is provided in the front end side of the Glen sheave 219. For example, the convex portion 219a is configured by a plate-like member that is bent so as to protrude upward (substantially mountain-shaped).

 一番回収部208は、単粒化穀粒を一番物として回収する。一番回収部208は、シーブケース210の前部下方に設けられている。

The first recovery unit 208 recovers the single grain as the first thing. The first recovery unit 208 is provided below the front portion of the sheave case 210.

 二番回収部209は、枝梗付き穀粒等を二番物として回収する。二番回収部209は、シーブケース210の後部下方に設けられている。

The second recovery unit 209 recovers the grain with branch infarction as the second thing. The second recovery part 209 is provided below the rear part of the sheave case 210.

 次に、唐箕207について、図17から図21により説明する。

Next, the Kara 207 will be described with reference to FIGS.

 図17から図20に示すように、唐箕207は、羽根部材221と、ファンケース222と、第一風路223と、第二風路224と、を備えている。

As shown in FIGS. 17 to 20, the red pepper 207 includes a blade member 221, a fan case 222, a first air passage 223, and a second air passage 224.

 羽根部材221は、左右方向の回転軸221aを介して、ファンケース222に回転可能に支持されている。つまり、羽根部材221は、左右方向の軸心X2周りに回転可能に構成されている。なお、羽根部材221の回転方向は、側面視において反時計回り(図2に示す回転方向A2)である。そして、羽根部材221は、側面視においてその回転方向上手側(回転方向A2とは反対方向側)に凹する略円弧形状に形成されている。つまり、羽根部材221は、側面視においてその回転方向上手側(回転方向A2とは反対方向側)に膨らむ略弓形状に形成されている。本実施形態では、複数枚(例えば、四枚)の羽根部材221が、側面視において左右方向の軸心X2周りに等角度(例えば、90度)間隔で配置されている。また、羽根部材221は、側面視において略円形状に形成された複数(例えば、二つ)のフランジ部221bを介して回転軸221aに固定されている。

The blade member 221 is rotatably supported by the fan case 222 via a horizontal rotation shaft 221a. That is, the blade member 221 is configured to be rotatable around the axis X2 in the left-right direction. In addition, the rotation direction of the blade member 221 is counterclockwise in the side view (the rotation direction A2 shown in FIG. 2). And the blade member 221 is formed in the substantially circular arc shape recessed in the rotation direction upper side (direction opposite to rotation direction A2) in side view. That is, the blade member 221 is formed in a substantially bow shape that swells toward the upper side in the rotational direction (side opposite to the rotational direction A2) in a side view. In the present embodiment, a plurality of (for example, four) blade members 221 are arranged at equal angular intervals (for example, 90 degrees) around the axis X2 in the left-right direction in a side view. Further, the blade member 221 is fixed to the rotating shaft 221a via a plurality of (for example, two) flange portions 221b formed in a substantially circular shape in a side view.

 ファンケース222は、羽根部材221を覆うように構成されている。そして、ファンケース222の左右両側部には、外気を吸入する吸入口222aが設けられている。

The fan case 222 is configured to cover the blade member 221. The left and right sides of the fan case 222 are provided with suction ports 222a for sucking outside air.

 吸入口222aは、その開度を調節可能に調節板225によって覆われている。そして、左側の調節板225と、右側の調節板225とは、単一のリンク棒226で連結されている。つまり、左右両側の調節板225は、リンク棒226を揺動支点にして揺動可能に構成されている。そして、左側の調節板225には、左右両側の調節板225を揺動操作するための揺動操作部227が設けられている。

The suction port 222a is covered with an adjustment plate 225 so that its opening degree can be adjusted. The left adjustment plate 225 and the right adjustment plate 225 are connected by a single link rod 226. That is, the left and right adjustment plates 225 are configured to be swingable with the link rod 226 as a swing fulcrum. The left adjustment plate 225 is provided with a swing operation portion 227 for swinging the left and right adjustment plates 225.

 揺動操作部227は、左側の調節板225に形成されるガイド孔228と、ガイド孔228に差し込まれるガイド軸229と、ガイド軸229に螺挿されるナット230と、を備えている。こうして、左側の調節板225が、ガイド孔228を介してガイド軸229に沿って揺動すると、リンク棒226を介して右側の調節板225も揺動する。これにより、左右両側の吸入口222aの開度が変更される。つまり、リンク棒226を介して左右両側の調節板225が揺動することにより、左右両側の吸入口222aの開度が変更される。なお、ナット230を締め付けることにより、左側の調節板225を任意の揺動位置に固定することができる。

The swing operation unit 227 includes a guide hole 228 formed in the left adjustment plate 225, a guide shaft 229 inserted into the guide hole 228, and a nut 230 screwed into the guide shaft 229. Thus, when the left adjustment plate 225 swings along the guide shaft 229 via the guide hole 228, the right adjustment plate 225 also swings via the link rod 226. As a result, the opening degree of the left and right suction ports 222a is changed. That is, when the adjustment plates 225 on the left and right sides swing via the link rod 226, the opening degree of the suction ports 222a on the left and right sides is changed. In addition, by tightening the nut 230, the left adjustment plate 225 can be fixed at an arbitrary swinging position.

 第一風路223は、シーブケース210の下部に供給する選別風が流れる。そして、第一風路223は、唐箕207の下部で、かつ、シーブケース210の下方に配置されている。つまり、第一風路223は、ファンケース222の後端側下部と連通されている。また、チャフシーブ215の前側下方には、第一風路223の選別風を後側上方に案内する案内板233が設けられている。

In the first air passage 223, the sorting air supplied to the lower part of the sheave case 210 flows. The first air passage 223 is disposed below the tongue 207 and below the sheave case 210. That is, the first air path 223 communicates with the lower part on the rear end side of the fan case 222. In addition, a guide plate 233 is provided below the front side of the chaff sheave 215 to guide the sorted air in the first air passage 223 upward in the rear side.

 案内板233は、側面視において後端側上がりに傾斜している。そして、案内板233は、その傾斜角度α1が、複数のチャフリップ板215aのうち最も前端側に位置するチャフリップ板(以下「最前端側のチャフリップ板」という。)215aの角度調整範囲βにおける中央角度α2と略一致する。つまり、案内板233の傾斜角度α1と、最前端側のチャフリップ板215aの角度調整範囲βにおける中央角度α2とは、略同一角度である。なお、案内板233の傾斜角度α1と、最前端側のチャフリップ板215aの角度調整範囲βにおける中央角度α2とが、完全に一致する(同一角度である)ことが好ましい。

The guide plate 233 is inclined upward toward the rear end in a side view. The guide plate 233 has an inclination angle α1 of an angle adjustment range β of a chi-flip plate (hereinafter referred to as “front-most end cha-flip plate”) 215a located on the most front end side among the plurality of char-flip plates 215a. Substantially coincides with the central angle α2. That is, the inclination angle α1 of the guide plate 233 and the central angle α2 in the angle adjustment range β of the front-most-side char flip plate 215a are substantially the same angle. In addition, it is preferable that the inclination angle α1 of the guide plate 233 and the central angle α2 in the angle adjustment range β of the front-most-side cha-flip plate 215a completely coincide (is the same angle).

 第二風路224は、シーブケース210の上部に供給する選別風が流れる。そして、第二風路224は、唐箕207の上部で、かつ、シーブケース210の前方に配置されている。つまり、第二風路224は、ファンケース222の前端側上部と連通されている。そして、第二風路224は、前方向に延びて後方向にUターンするように形成され、かつ、シーブケース210の前端側に選別風を供給する。そして、第二風路224の上部は、後端側上がりに傾斜する上向き傾斜風路224aで形成されている。なお、シーブケース210には、第二風路224からの選別風が流れる詳しくは後述する第三風路232が形成されている。

In the second air passage 224, the sorting air supplied to the upper part of the sheave case 210 flows. The second air passage 224 is disposed at the top of the tang 207 and in front of the sheave case 210. That is, the second air passage 224 communicates with the upper part on the front end side of the fan case 222. The second air passage 224 is formed so as to extend in the forward direction and to make a U-turn in the backward direction, and supplies the selection air to the front end side of the sheave case 210. The upper part of the second air passage 224 is formed by an upward inclined air passage 224a that inclines upward on the rear end side. The sheave case 210 is formed with a third air passage 232 (to be described later in detail) through which the selected air from the second air passage 224 flows.

 また、第二風路224の上方には、エンジンEからの動力が伝達される動力伝達軸231が配置されている(図21参照)。つまり、動力伝達軸231は、第二風路224の上向き傾斜風路224aの前端側上部に配置されている。なお、動力伝達軸231の動力は、扱胴203、唐箕207等に伝達される。

A power transmission shaft 231 to which power from the engine E is transmitted is disposed above the second air passage 224 (see FIG. 21). That is, the power transmission shaft 231 is disposed at the upper part on the front end side of the upward inclined air passage 224a of the second air passage 224. Note that the power of the power transmission shaft 231 is transmitted to the handling cylinder 203, the tang 207, and the like.

 第三風路232は、第一グレンパン211と第二グレンパン214との間に形成されている。そして、第三風路232は、後端側下がりに傾斜する下向き傾斜風路232aと、後端側上がりに傾斜する上向き傾斜風路232bと、によって、側面視において略V字状に形成されている。

The third air passage 232 is formed between the first gren pan 211 and the second gren pan 214. The third air passage 232 is formed in a substantially V shape in a side view by a downward inclined air passage 232a inclined downward at the rear end side and an upward inclined air passage 232b inclined upward at the rear end side. Yes.

 そして、第三風路232(下向き傾斜風路232a)の入口部は、シーブケース210の前端側縦壁(前壁)と前端側下壁とに亘って設けられている。なお、第三風路232(下向き傾斜風路232a)の入口部は、シーブケース210の前端側縦壁(前壁)のみに設けられていてもよいし、あるいは、シーブケース210の前端側下壁のみに設けられていてもよい。

The inlet portion of the third air passage 232 (downward inclined air passage 232a) is provided across the front end side vertical wall (front wall) and the front end side lower wall of the sheave case 210. The inlet portion of the third air passage 232 (downward inclined air passage 232a) may be provided only on the front end side vertical wall (front wall) of the sheave case 210, or the front end side lower side of the sheave case 210. It may be provided only on the wall.

 また、第三風路232(上向き傾斜風路232b)の出口部は、第一グレンパン211の後端側下方に配置されている。そして、第三風路232(上向き傾斜風路232b)の出口部の下部には、第二グレンパン214が設けられている。特に、本実施形態では、第二グレンパン214の前端部が、第三風路232の一部(上向き傾斜風路232bの底面)を成している。

Further, the outlet of the third air passage 232 (upwardly inclined air passage 232b) is disposed below the rear end side of the first gren pan 211. And the 2nd Glen pan 214 is provided in the lower part of the exit part of the 3rd air path 232 (upward inclination air path 232b). In particular, in the present embodiment, the front end portion of the second gren pan 214 forms a part of the third air passage 232 (the bottom surface of the upward inclined air passage 232b).

 そして、第三風路232の上向き傾斜風路232bの傾斜角度と、第一篩い線212又は/及び第二篩い線213の傾斜角度と、は略同じである。さらに、第三風路232の上向き傾斜風路232bの傾斜角度と、第二風路224の上向き傾斜風路224aの傾斜角度と、は略同じである。

The inclination angle of the upward inclined air passage 232b of the third air passage 232 and the inclination angle of the first sieving line 212 and / or the second sieving line 213 are substantially the same. Further, the inclination angle of the upward inclined air passage 232b of the third air passage 232 and the inclination angle of the upward inclined air passage 224a of the second air passage 224 are substantially the same.

 以上のような構成によれば、選別風を第一風路223及び第二風路224によってシーブケース210の下部と上部とに振り分けて供給することにより、選別風をシーブケース210の下部から上部まで行き渡らせることができる。そして、第二風路224によって選別風をシーブケース210の前端側に供給することにより、選別風をシーブケース210の前端側から後端側まで行き渡らせることができる。そして、第二風路224がUターンするように形成されている結果、第二風路224の風路長が長くなることから、選別風の流れが層流になり易い。したがって、流れが安定した選別風を供給することができる。

According to the above configuration, the sorted wind is distributed to the lower part and the upper part of the sheave case 210 by the first air path 223 and the second air path 224 and supplied, so that the sorted air is sent from the lower part of the sheave case 210 to the upper part. Can be spread. Then, the sorting air can be spread from the front end side to the rear end side of the sheave case 210 by supplying the sorting air to the front end side of the sheave case 210 through the second air passage 224. Then, as a result of the second air passage 224 being formed to make a U-turn, the air passage length of the second air passage 224 becomes longer, and therefore the flow of the selected air tends to be laminar. Therefore, it is possible to supply the sorting air having a stable flow.

 次に、第一篩い線212及び第二篩い線213について、図22及び図23により説明する。

Next, the first sieve line 212 and the second sieve line 213 will be described with reference to FIGS.

 図22及び図23に示すように、第一篩い線212及び第二篩い線213は、第一グレンパン211の後端部に前後方向に並設されている。そして、第一篩い線212及び第二篩い線213は、第二グレンパン214の上方で、かつ、チャフシーブ215の上方に配置されている。つまり、第一篩い線212及び第二篩い線213のうち、第二篩い線213は、チャフシーブ215の上方に配置され、かつ、平面視においてチャフシーブ215と重複している。また、第一篩い線212の後端部と第二篩い線213の前端部との間には、所定の隙間Oが形成されている。

As shown in FIGS. 22 and 23, the first sieving line 212 and the second sieving line 213 are juxtaposed in the front-rear direction at the rear end portion of the first gren pan 211. The first sieving line 212 and the second sieving line 213 are arranged above the second gren pan 214 and above the chaff sheave 215. That is, of the first sieving line 212 and the second sieving line 213, the second sieving line 213 is disposed above the chaff sheave 215 and overlaps the chaff sheave 215 in plan view. Further, a predetermined gap O is formed between the rear end portion of the first sieving line 212 and the front end portion of the second sieving line 213.

 隙間Oは、平面視においてチャフシーブ215の前端側と重複している。つまり、隙間Oは、平面視において第二グレンパン214の後端部と重複している。

The gap O overlaps with the front end side of the chaff sheave 215 in plan view. That is, the gap O overlaps with the rear end portion of the second Glen pan 214 in plan view.

 なお、第一篩い線212及び第二篩い線213に代えて、例えば、ストローラック、板金打ち抜き型のチャフシーブ、網状又は板金打ち抜き型のグレンシーブ等の篩い線以外の漏下選別部を採用することもできる。ただし、漏下選別部からの漏下量を多くする観点からは、篩い線を採用することが好ましい。

In place of the first sieving line 212 and the second sieving line 213, for example, a leakage selection unit other than the sieving line such as Strollac, sheet-metal punching type chaff sheave, mesh-like or sheet-metal punching type grain sheave may be employed. it can. However, from the viewpoint of increasing the amount of leakage from the leakage selection unit, it is preferable to employ a sieve line.

 第一篩い線212は、側面視において略波形状に形成されている。例えば、第一篩い線212は、ピアノ線で構成されている。そして、第一篩い線212は、側面視において後端側上がりに傾斜している。この第一篩い線212の後端側は、第二篩い線213の前端側よりも高い位置に設けられている。また、第一篩い線212は、第一グレンパン211の後端部に設けられている。つまり、第一篩い線212は、第一グレンパン211の後端部(最も後端側に位置する波形部)に固定されている。

The first sieve line 212 is formed in a substantially wave shape in a side view. For example, the 1st sieve line 212 is comprised by the piano wire. And the 1st sieve line 212 inclines in the rear end side rise in the side view. The rear end side of the first sieve line 212 is provided at a position higher than the front end side of the second sieve line 213. The first sieving line 212 is provided at the rear end of the first gren pan 211. That is, the first sieving line 212 is fixed to the rear end portion of the first gren pan 211 (the waveform portion located closest to the rear end side).

 第二篩い線213は、側面視において略波形状に形成されている。例えば、第二篩い線213は、ピアノ線で構成されている。そして、第二篩い線213は、側面視において後端側上がりに傾斜している。この第二篩い線213の傾斜角度は、第一篩い線212の傾斜角度よりも大きい。また、第二篩い線213は、第一篩い線212よりも高い位置に設けられている。そして、第二篩い線213は、少なくともその一部がシーブケース210の上辺部よりも上方に突出している。また、第二篩い線213は、チャフシーブ215の前端側上方に配置され、かつ、少なくともその一部が、平面視においてチャフシーブ215の前端側と重複している。さらに、第二篩い線213は、一番回収部208の上方に配置され、かつ、少なくともその一部が、平面視において一番回収部208と重複している。

The second sieving line 213 is formed in a substantially wave shape in a side view. For example, the second sieving wire 213 is composed of a piano wire. And the 2nd sieve line 213 inclines in the rear end side raise in the side view. The inclination angle of the second sieving line 213 is larger than the inclination angle of the first sieving line 212. The second sieving line 213 is provided at a position higher than the first sieving line 212. Then, at least a part of the second sieve line 213 protrudes upward from the upper side portion of the sheave case 210. The second sieving line 213 is disposed above the front end side of the chaff sheave 215, and at least a part thereof overlaps the front end side of the chaff sheave 215 in plan view. Furthermore, the second sieving line 213 is disposed above the first recovery unit 208, and at least a part thereof overlaps with the first recovery unit 208 in plan view.

 以上のような構成によれば、第一篩い線212及び第二篩い線213が略波形状に形成されていることにより、第一篩い線212及び第二篩い線213によって脱穀処理物に送り作用を付与することができる。したがって、第一篩い線212及び第二篩い線213によって第一グレンパン211からの脱穀処理物を円滑に搬送しつつ選別することができる。

According to the above configuration, the first sieving line 212 and the second sieving line 213 are formed in a substantially wave shape, so that the first sieving line 212 and the second sieving line 213 feed the threshing product. Can be granted. Therefore, the first sieving line 212 and the second sieving line 213 can be selected while smoothly transporting the threshing product from the first gren pan 211.

 また、第一篩い線212及び第二篩い線213がチャフシーブ215の上方まで延びていることにより、チャフシーブ215には、第一篩い線212及び第二篩い線213で粗選別された脱穀処理物が供給される。したがって、チャフシーブ215にかかる選別負荷を軽減することができる。なお、チャフシーブ215にかかる選別負荷を軽減することができれば、チャフシーブ215ひいては脱穀装置を大型化せずに、大量の作物を選別することができる。

In addition, since the first sieve line 212 and the second sieve line 213 extend above the chaff sheave 215, the chaff sheave 215 has the threshing processed product roughly selected by the first sieve line 212 and the second sieve line 213. Supplied. Therefore, the sorting load applied to the chaff sheave 215 can be reduced. If the sorting load applied to the chaff sheave 215 can be reduced, a large amount of crops can be sorted without increasing the size of the chaff sheave 215 and thus the threshing device.

 次に、第一ストローラック216、第二ストローラック217及び第三ストローラック218ついて、図24から図26により説明する。

Next, the first Strollac 216, the second Strollac 217, and the third Strollac 218 will be described with reference to FIGS.

 図24から図26に示すように、第一ストローラック216は、左右方向に所定間隔G1をあけて整列される複数の第一ラック板216aを備えている。また、第一ストローラック216は、チャフシーブ215の後端部に設けられている。この第一ストローラック216の後端部は、平面視において第二ストローラック217(第二ラック板固定部材217b)と重複するように配置されている。

As shown in FIGS. 24 to 26, the first Strollac 216 includes a plurality of first rack plates 216a aligned with a predetermined gap G1 in the left-right direction. The first Strollac 216 is provided at the rear end of the chaff sheave 215. The rear end portion of the first Strollac 216 is disposed so as to overlap the second Strollac 217 (second rack plate fixing member 217b) in plan view.

 第二ストローラック217は、第一ストローラック216の後方に設けられている。そして、第二ストローラック217は、左右方向に所定間隔G2をあけて整列される複数の第二ラック板217aと、複数の第二ラック板217aの前端部が固定される第二ラック板固定部材217bと、隣り合う第二ラック板217a同士の間に第二篩い線217cと、を備えている。この第二ストローラック217(第二ラック板217a)の後端部は、平面視において第三ストローラック218(第三ラック板固定部材218b)の前端部と重複するように配置されている。

The second Strollac 217 is provided behind the first Strollac 216. The second Strollac 217 includes a plurality of second rack plates 217a aligned at a predetermined interval G2 in the left-right direction, and a second rack plate fixing member to which front end portions of the plurality of second rack plates 217a are fixed. 217b and a second sieving wire 217c is provided between the adjacent second rack plates 217a. The rear end portion of the second Strollac 217 (second rack plate 217a) is disposed so as to overlap the front end portion of the third Strollac 218 (third rack plate fixing member 218b) in plan view.

 第二ラック板固定部材217bには、第二篩い線217cが固定されている。つまり、第二ラック板固定部材217bの下面に、第二ラック板217aが固定されているとともに、第二ラック板固定部材217bの上面に、第二篩い線217cが固定されている。

A second sieve wire 217c is fixed to the second rack plate fixing member 217b. That is, the second rack plate 217a is fixed to the lower surface of the second rack plate fixing member 217b, and the second sieve wire 217c is fixed to the upper surface of the second rack plate fixing member 217b.

 第三ストローラック218は、第二ストローラック217の後方に設けられている。そして、第三ストローラック218は、左右方向に所定間隔G3をあけて整列される複数の第三ラック板218aと、複数の第三ラック板218aの前端部が固定される第三ラック板固定部材218bと、隣り合う第三ラック板218a同士の間に第三篩い線218cと、を備えている。

The third Strollac 218 is provided behind the second Strollac 217. The third Strollac 218 includes a plurality of third rack plates 218a aligned at a predetermined interval G3 in the left-right direction, and a third rack plate fixing member to which front end portions of the plurality of third rack plates 218a are fixed. 218b and a third sieving wire 218c between the adjacent third rack plates 218a.

 第三ラック板固定部材218bには、第三篩い線218cが固定されている。つまり、第三ラック板固定部材218bの下面に、第三ラック板218aが固定されているとともに、第三ラック板固定部材218bの上面に、第三篩い線218cが固定されている。

A third sieve wire 218c is fixed to the third rack plate fixing member 218b. That is, the third rack plate 218a is fixed to the lower surface of the third rack plate fixing member 218b, and the third sieve wire 218c is fixed to the upper surface of the third rack plate fixing member 218b.

 ここで、図24に示すように、第二ストローラック217及び第三ストローラック218は、第一ストローラック216よりも前後方向に長い。そして、第二ストローラック217と第三ストローラック218とは、同一部材によって構成されている。また、第二ストローラック217と第三ストローラック218とは、同じ高さに配置されている。そして、第一ストローラック216は、第二ストローラック217及び第三ストローラック218よりも上方に配置されている。つまり、第一ストローラック216、第二ストローラック217及び第三ストローラック218のうち、第一ストローラック216が最も高く配置されている。

Here, as shown in FIG. 24, the second Strollac 217 and the third Strollac 218 are longer in the front-rear direction than the first Strollac 216. And the 2nd Strollac 217 and the 3rd Strollac 218 are comprised by the same member. Moreover, the 2nd Strollac 217 and the 3rd Strollac 218 are arrange | positioned at the same height. The first Strollac 216 is disposed above the second Strollac 217 and the third Strollac 218. That is, among the first Strollac 216, the second Strollac 217, and the third Strollac 218, the first Strollac 216 is disposed highest.

 また、図25に示すように、第一ストローラック216と第二ストローラック217とは、平面視において互いに重複するように配置されている。そして、第二ストローラック217と第三ストローラック218とは、平面視において互いに重複するように配置されている。また、複数の第二ラック板217aの間隔G2と複数の第三ラック板218aの間隔G3とは、同一である。そして、複数の第一ラック板216aの間隔G1は、複数の第二ラック板217aの間隔G2及び複数の第三ラック板218aの間隔G3よりも大きい。

Moreover, as shown in FIG. 25, the 1st Strollac 216 and the 2nd Strollac 217 are arrange | positioned so that it may mutually overlap in planar view. The second Strollac 217 and the third Strollac 218 are arranged so as to overlap each other in plan view. Further, the interval G2 between the plurality of second rack plates 217a and the interval G3 between the plurality of third rack plates 218a are the same. The interval G1 between the plurality of first rack plates 216a is larger than the interval G2 between the plurality of second rack plates 217a and the interval G3 between the plurality of third rack plates 218a.

 以上のような構成によれば、チャフシーブ215の後端部からの脱穀処理物が、第一ストローラック216から第二ストローラック217に落下し、その落下の際の衝撃によって脱穀処理物の塊がほぐれる。そして、このほぐれた脱穀処理物が、第二ストローラック217に加えて第三ストローラック218でも選別される。したがって、チャフシーブ215の後端部からの脱穀処理物について穀粒の回収率を向上させることができる。

According to the configuration as described above, the threshing processed product from the rear end portion of the chaff sheave 215 falls from the first Strollac 216 to the second Strollac 217, and the lump of the threshing processed product is formed by the impact at the time of the fall. Unravel. Then, the loosened threshing product is sorted by the third Strollac 218 in addition to the second Strollac 217. Therefore, the recovery rate of the grain can be improved for the threshing processed product from the rear end portion of the chaff sheave 215.
〔第四実施形態〕
 本発明の第四実施形態について、以下に説明する。
[Fourth embodiment]
A fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described below.

 [コンバインの全体構成]

 以下、ホイール式のコンバインに本発明を適用した実施形態を図面に基づいて説明する。図27に示すように、コンバイン301は、稲、麦等の作物の収穫を行う全稈投入型のコンバインである。コンバイン301には、機体を支持する走行部302と、走行部302の上方に位置する運転部303と、運転部303の前方に位置する刈取部304と、機体の後方に位置される脱穀部305と、脱穀部305の上方に位置された貯留部306とが備えられている。

[Overall configuration of combine]

Hereinafter, an embodiment in which the present invention is applied to a wheel type combine will be described with reference to the drawings. As shown in FIG. 27, the combine 301 is an all-throw-in type combine that harvests crops such as rice and wheat. The combine 301 includes a traveling unit 302 that supports the aircraft, a driving unit 303 that is positioned above the traveling unit 302, a reaping unit 304 that is positioned in front of the driving unit 303, and a threshing unit 305 that is positioned behind the aircraft. And the storage part 306 located above the threshing part 305 is provided.

 走行部302には、左右一対の前輪307及び操向輪である後輪308と、左右一対の前輪307及び後輪308にエンジンからの動力を伝達する走行トランスミッション(図示せず)とが備えられている。走行トランスミッションには、静油圧式無段変速装置(「変速装置」、「第1の作業部」に相当する。以下、「HST」と称する)が備えられている。

The traveling unit 302 includes a pair of left and right front wheels 307 and a rear wheel 308 that is a steering wheel, and a traveling transmission (not shown) that transmits power from the engine to the pair of left and right front wheels 307 and rear wheel 308. ing. The traveling transmission is provided with a hydrostatic continuously variable transmission (corresponding to “transmission”, “first working part”, hereinafter referred to as “HST”).

 刈取部304には、作物の茎稈を刈るための刈り刃360が備えられている。刈取部304は、不図示の油圧シリンダの伸縮により揺動支点P周りに揺動して上下に昇降する。また、刈取部304には、不図示の左右軸周りに回転することにより作物の引き起こし、及び、刈り取られた茎稈の後方への掻き込みを行う掻き込みリール361と、が備えられている。掻き込みリール361は、不図示の油圧シリンダの伸縮により揺動支点Q周りに揺動して上下に昇降する。

The cutting unit 304 is provided with a cutting blade 360 for cutting a crop stalk. The cutting unit 304 swings around the swing fulcrum P due to expansion and contraction of a hydraulic cylinder (not shown) and moves up and down. Further, the cutting unit 304 is provided with a scraping reel 361 that causes a crop to rotate by rotating around a left and right axis (not shown) and scrapes the trimmed stems backward. The take-up reel 361 swings around the swing fulcrum Q by the expansion and contraction of a hydraulic cylinder (not shown) and moves up and down.

 [運転部について]

 図28及び図29に示すように、運転部303には、機体の中央部に配置された運転席310と、運転席310の右側に配置されたレバーボックス313に支持され、HSTに対して変速動作を指令可能な主変速レバー311(「操作レバー」に相当する)と、ステアリングホイール314とが備えられている。ステアリングホイール314の操作によって、操向輪である後輪308を操向操作することができる。

[About the driving unit]

As shown in FIGS. 28 and 29, the driver 303 is supported by a driver's seat 310 disposed at the center of the fuselage and a lever box 313 disposed on the right side of the driver's seat 310, and shifts with respect to the HST. A main transmission lever 311 (corresponding to an “operation lever”) capable of commanding an operation and a steering wheel 314 are provided. By operating the steering wheel 314, the rear wheel 308, which is a steered wheel, can be steered.

 図28,30,32に示すように、レバーボックス313の上面にレバーガイド350が形成されている。主変速レバー311は、レバーガイド350に挿通され、かつ、レバーボックス313の内部に支持されており、レバーガイド350に沿って揺動操作される。主変速レバー311は運転席310の近傍(操縦者Dの右斜め前方)に位置している。レバーガイド350には、前から順に、路上走行領域D1と、作業領域D2と、後進領域Rとが形成されている。レバーボックス313は、レバーガイド350が運転席310の座面318と略同じ高さに位置するように構成されている。

As shown in FIGS. 28, 30 and 32, a lever guide 350 is formed on the upper surface of the lever box 313. The main transmission lever 311 is inserted into the lever guide 350 and supported inside the lever box 313, and is swung along the lever guide 350. The main transmission lever 311 is located in the vicinity of the driver's seat 310 (slightly forward right of the operator D). In the lever guide 350, a road traveling area D1, a work area D2, and a reverse area R are formed in order from the front. The lever box 313 is configured such that the lever guide 350 is positioned at substantially the same height as the seat surface 318 of the driver's seat 310.

 図30に示すように、コンバイン301を圃場以外の路上で走行させる際には、主変速レバー311を操作して路上走行領域D1に位置させる。コンバイン301を、圃場で刈取作業を行う際には、主変速レバー311を操作して作業領域D2に位置させる。コンバイン301を後進させる際には、主変速レバー311を操作して後進領域Rに位置させる。路上走行領域D1及び作業領域D2とでは、主変速レバー311を前方に倒すほど、機体の走行速度が増加する。後進領域Rでは、主変速レバー311を後方に倒すほど、機体が後進する速度が増加する。このように、主変速レバー311の前後への押し引き操作により、機体の走行速度の調整を行う。

As shown in FIG. 30, when the combine 301 is traveled on a road other than the farm field, the main transmission lever 311 is operated to be positioned in the road travel area D1. When the harvesting operation is performed on the combine 301 in the field, the main transmission lever 311 is operated to be positioned in the work area D2. When the combine 301 is moved backward, the main transmission lever 311 is operated to be positioned in the reverse region R. In the road traveling area D1 and the work area D2, the traveling speed of the aircraft increases as the main shift lever 311 is tilted forward. In the reverse region R, the speed at which the aircraft reverses increases as the main transmission lever 311 is tilted backward. In this way, the traveling speed of the airframe is adjusted by pushing and pulling the main transmission lever 311 back and forth.

 レバーボックス313の上面は、上方に向けて湾曲するように形成されており、作業領域D2がレバーボックス313の最頂部部分に位置している。このように、主変速レバー311は前側に操作されるほど低い位置(体から遠い位置)となって、レバーボックス313の上面が水平面に形成された場合と比較して、腕を伸ばすことができ、窮屈な姿勢とならない。さらに、図28に示すように、使用頻度の高い作業領域D2が操縦者よりもやや前側に位置するので、主変速レバー311を作業領域D2に操作した際に、楽な姿勢で刈取作業を行える。

The upper surface of the lever box 313 is formed so as to curve upward, and the work area D2 is located at the topmost part of the lever box 313. As described above, the main transmission lever 311 is lowered as it is operated forward (position far from the body), and the arm can be extended as compared with the case where the upper surface of the lever box 313 is formed in a horizontal plane. , Do not become cramped. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 28, the work area D2 that is frequently used is positioned slightly in front of the operator, so that when the main transmission lever 311 is operated to the work area D2, the cutting work can be performed in an easy posture. .

 主変速レバー311には、図30に示すように、ロッカースイッチ334(「第1の指令入力手段」に相当する)及びロッカースイッチ337(「第2の指令入力手段」に相当する)が備えられている。ロッカースイッチ334の入力操作により、刈取部304を昇降させる油圧シリンダに動作を指令する。すなわち、刈取部304を昇降させる油圧シリンダが刈取昇降制御部(「第2の作業部」に相当する)を構成している。また、ロッカースイッチ337の入力操作により、掻き込みリール361を昇降させる油圧シリンダに動作を指令する。すなわち、掻き込みリール361を昇降させる油圧シリンダがリール昇降制御部(「第3の作業部」に相当する)を構成している。

As shown in FIG. 30, the main transmission lever 311 includes a rocker switch 334 (corresponding to “first command input means”) and a rocker switch 337 (corresponding to “second command input means”). ing. By an input operation of the rocker switch 334, an operation is commanded to the hydraulic cylinder that moves the mowing unit 304 up and down. That is, the hydraulic cylinder that raises and lowers the cutting unit 304 constitutes a cutting lifting control unit (corresponding to a “second working unit”). Further, an operation is commanded to the hydraulic cylinder that raises and lowers the scraping reel 361 by an input operation of the rocker switch 337. That is, the hydraulic cylinder that raises and lowers the scraping reel 361 constitutes a reel raising / lowering control unit (corresponding to a “third working unit”).

 [主変速レバーの形状について]

 主変速レバー311は、樹脂製であり、図31に示すように、金属製のロッド321を介して、レバーボックス313に支持されている。主変速レバー311には、握り部322と、握り部322を支持する軸部323とが備えられている。

[About the shape of the main transmission lever]

The main transmission lever 311 is made of resin, and is supported by the lever box 313 via a metal rod 321 as shown in FIG. The main transmission lever 311 includes a grip portion 322 and a shaft portion 323 that supports the grip portion 322.

 軸部323には、図31に示すように、ロッカースイッチ334及びロッカースイッチ337の電気配線345が挿通される挿通孔346と、ロッド321が挿通される挿通孔347とが設けられている。図33に示すように、電気配線345用の挿通孔346とロッド321用の挿通孔347とは重複した状態で設けられている。

As shown in FIG. 31, the shaft portion 323 is provided with an insertion hole 346 through which the rocker switch 334 and the electric wiring 345 of the rocker switch 337 are inserted, and an insertion hole 347 through which the rod 321 is inserted. As shown in FIG. 33, the insertion hole 346 for the electrical wiring 345 and the insertion hole 347 for the rod 321 are provided in an overlapping state.

 軸部323の底面とレバーボックス313のレバーガイド350との間には、上下方向に所定のクリアランス344が設けられており、主変速レバー311とレバーボックス313との干渉を回避している。軸部323の下端部には、外周方向に膨出された下端膨出部343が形成されている。仮に、クリアランス344が大きくても、下端膨出部343によってクリアランス344から電気配線345やロッド321が丸見えになることが防止される。すなわち、クリアランス344を大きくして主変速レバー311をロッド321に組付ける際の組付精度をあまり高く設定していないような場合においても、見た目の良い組み上がりとなる。

A predetermined clearance 344 is provided in the vertical direction between the bottom surface of the shaft portion 323 and the lever guide 350 of the lever box 313 to avoid interference between the main transmission lever 311 and the lever box 313. A lower end bulging portion 343 bulging in the outer peripheral direction is formed at the lower end portion of the shaft portion 323. Even if the clearance 344 is large, the lower end bulging portion 343 prevents the electric wiring 345 and the rod 321 from being completely visible from the clearance 344. That is, even when the assembly accuracy is not set very high when the main transmission lever 311 is assembled to the rod 321 by increasing the clearance 344, the assembly is good in appearance.

 握り部322は、図30に示すように、全体的に丸みを帯びた横長形状に形成されている。握り部322には、第1の面324と、第1の面324とは異なる面である第2の面326と、第1の面324及び第2の面326とは異なる面である上面327と、第2の面326の反対側に位置する背面331とが形成されている。握り部322の表面は、第1の面324以外は、丸みを帯びた形状とされている。このため、人指し指f、中指m、薬指r、小指pを第2の面326又は上面327に位置させたとき、主変速レバー311に手Hが馴染みやすい。

As shown in FIG. 30, the grip portion 322 is formed in a horizontally elongated shape that is rounded as a whole. The grip portion 322 includes a first surface 324, a second surface 326 that is a surface different from the first surface 324, and an upper surface 327 that is a surface different from the first surface 324 and the second surface 326. And a back surface 331 located on the opposite side of the second surface 326. The surface of the grip portion 322 has a rounded shape except for the first surface 324. For this reason, when the index finger f, the middle finger m, the ring finger r, and the little finger p are positioned on the second surface 326 or the upper surface 327, the hand H is easily adapted to the main transmission lever 311.

 また、握り部322は、平面視において、手Hの幅よりも広い横幅に形成されている。つまり、握り部322は、第1の面324に沿った方向の幅よりも第2の面326に沿った方向の幅が大きくなるように形成されている。

Further, the grip portion 322 is formed to have a lateral width wider than the width of the hand H in plan view. That is, the grip portion 322 is formed such that the width in the direction along the second surface 326 is larger than the width in the direction along the first surface 324.

 第1の面324は、親指tが配置される面である。第1の面324は、図28、図30及び図31に示すように、略平面状に形成されると共に、平面視において、運転席310の左右中心線Xから左方向へ離れるほど前方へ位置するように、すなわち、第1の面324は、平面視において、操縦者Dから離れるほど前方に位置するように傾斜している。第1の面324と第2の面326との境界部分、及び、第1の面324と上面327との境界部分、及び、第1の面324と背面331との境界部分は軽く角張った形状に形成されている。なお、第1の面324に上述したロッカースイッチ334が備えられている。

The first surface 324 is a surface on which the thumb t is disposed. As shown in FIGS. 28, 30 and 31, the first surface 324 is formed in a substantially planar shape, and in a plan view, the first surface 324 is positioned forward as it moves away from the left / right center line X of the driver's seat 310 in the left direction. That is, in other words, the first surface 324 is inclined so as to be positioned forward as the distance from the operator D increases in plan view. The boundary portion between the first surface 324 and the second surface 326, the boundary portion between the first surface 324 and the top surface 327, and the boundary portion between the first surface 324 and the back surface 331 are light and square. Is formed. Note that the rocker switch 334 described above is provided on the first surface 324.

 第1の面324のうち操縦者Dに近い側の部分と背面331とに亘る部分には、切り欠き部325が形成されている。切り欠き部325は、第1の面324のうち操縦者Dに近い側の部分に形成されている。切り欠き部325は、背面331側から第1の面324に向かうにつれて末広がりとなる三角形形状に形成されると共に、親指tの形に対応させて主変速レバー311のレバー中心側へ湾曲した丸みがかった形状に形成されている。これにより、ロッカースイッチ334を操作すべく、親指tを付け根周りに揺動操作するに際して、切り欠き部325が親指tのガイドとなる。

A cutout portion 325 is formed in the portion of the first surface 324 that extends from the portion closer to the operator D to the back surface 331. The notch 325 is formed in a portion of the first surface 324 that is closer to the operator D. The notch 325 is formed in a triangular shape that expands toward the first surface 324 from the back surface 331 side, and has a rounded shape that curves toward the lever center side of the main transmission lever 311 according to the shape of the thumb t. It is formed in a different shape. Accordingly, when the thumb t is swung around the base to operate the rocker switch 334, the notch 325 serves as a guide for the thumb t.

 第2の面326は、人差し指f、中指m、薬指r、小指pが配置される面である。第2の面326は、全体的に丸みを帯びた形状に形成されると共に、平面視において、左右中心線Xから右方向へ離れるほど、後方へ位置するように傾斜している。すなわち、第2の面326は、平面視において、操縦者Dから離れるほど後方に位置するように傾斜している。第2の面326と上面327とはやや丸みを帯びながら連続するように形成されている。なお、第2の面326に上述したロッカースイッチ337が備えられている。

The second surface 326 is a surface on which the index finger f, middle finger m, ring finger r, and little finger p are arranged. The second surface 326 is formed in a rounded shape as a whole, and inclines so as to be located rearward as it moves away from the left and right center line X in the plan view. That is, the second surface 326 is inclined so as to be positioned rearward as it is away from the operator D in plan view. The second surface 326 and the upper surface 327 are formed to be continuous while being slightly rounded. Note that the above-described rocker switch 337 is provided on the second surface 326.

 第2の面326には、図28に示すように、左右中心線Xに近づく順に、外側膨出部328、凹入部329、内側膨出部330が形成されている。

As shown in FIG. 28, an outer bulging portion 328, a recessed portion 329, and an inner bulging portion 330 are formed on the second surface 326 in order of approaching the left-right center line X.

 外側膨出部328は、図28、図29及び図31に示すように、握り部322のうち操縦者Dから遠い側の端部において、第2の面326の上端部(第2の面326と上面327との境界部分)に形成されている。外側膨出部328の上端部は上面327の前端部に連続して形成されている。外側膨出部328は、平面視において前方(正確には、操縦者Dの体から離れるようにやや右斜め前方))向けて湾曲する円弧形状に形成されている。主変速レバー311に手Hを置くとき、外側膨出部328には、薬指rや小指pを曲げて引っ掛けることができ、主変速レバー311を引き操作する際に、手Hの滑りを防止できる。

As shown in FIGS. 28, 29, and 31, the outer bulging portion 328 has an upper end portion (second surface 326) of the second surface 326 at the end portion of the grip portion 322 far from the operator D. And the upper surface 327). The upper end portion of the outer bulging portion 328 is formed continuously with the front end portion of the upper surface 327. The outer bulging portion 328 is formed in an arc shape that curves forward (precisely, slightly diagonally right forward so as to be away from the body of the operator D) in plan view. When placing the hand H on the main transmission lever 311, the outer bulge portion 328 can be bent and hooked with the ring finger r or the little finger p, and the hand H can be prevented from slipping when the main transmission lever 311 is pulled. .

 凹入部329は、図28、図29及び図31に示すように、外側膨出部328の左側に連続して形成されている。凹入部329は、上面327の上端部から第2の面326の下端部に亘って背面331側に凹んだ形状とされている。凹入部329には、人差し指fを位置させることができ、主変速レバー311を握るときの手掛かりとなる。

The recessed portion 329 is continuously formed on the left side of the outer bulging portion 328 as shown in FIGS. The recessed portion 329 has a shape that is recessed toward the back surface 331 from the upper end portion of the upper surface 327 to the lower end portion of the second surface 326. An index finger f can be positioned in the recessed portion 329, which is a clue when the main transmission lever 311 is gripped.

 内側膨出部330は、図28、図29及び図31に示すように、凹入部329の左側に連続して形成されている。内側膨出部330は、第1の面324と第2の面326とに亘る部分を前方(正確には、操縦者Dの体から離れるようにやや右斜め前方)に向けて膨出して形成されている。内側膨出部330の上端部は、上面327の前端部に連続して形成されている。内側膨出部330は、正面視において前方に出っ張った形状とされている。内側膨出部330には、人差し指fを引っ掛けることができ、主変速レバー311を引き操作する際に、手Hの滑りを防止できる。

As shown in FIGS. 28, 29, and 31, the inner bulging portion 330 is formed continuously on the left side of the recessed portion 329. The inner bulging portion 330 is formed by bulging a portion extending between the first surface 324 and the second surface 326 forward (precisely, slightly diagonally forward to the right so as to be away from the body of the operator D). Has been. The upper end portion of the inner bulging portion 330 is formed continuously with the front end portion of the upper surface 327. The inner bulging portion 330 has a shape protruding forward when viewed from the front. The index finger f can be hooked on the inner bulging portion 330, and the hand H can be prevented from slipping when the main transmission lever 311 is pulled.

 このように外側膨出部328、凹入部329及び内側膨出部330を構成することによって、これらが、主変速レバー311を握る際の手掛かりとなると共に、人差し指f、中指m、薬指r、小指pがしっかりと位置決めされて手Hの位置が安定する。また、手Hの位置が安定するので、主変速レバー311をしっかりと握ることができ、主変速レバー311の操作性が向上する。

By configuring the outer bulging portion 328, the recessed portion 329, and the inner bulging portion 330 in this manner, these become clues when the main transmission lever 311 is gripped, and the index finger f, middle finger m, ring finger r, little finger p is firmly positioned and the position of the hand H is stabilized. Further, since the position of the hand H is stabilized, the main transmission lever 311 can be firmly held, and the operability of the main transmission lever 311 is improved.
 上面327は、主に手の平P1が載置される面である。上面327は、図29及び図31に示すように、機体における左右中心線Xから右方向に離れるほど、下方に位置するように傾斜している。すなわち、上面327は、操縦者Dから離れるほど下方に位置するように傾斜している。上面327と背面331との境界部分は丸みを帯びながら連続するように形成されている。
The upper surface 327 is a surface on which the palm P1 is mainly placed. As shown in FIGS. 29 and 31, the upper surface 327 is inclined so as to be positioned downward as it moves away from the right and left center line X in the aircraft. That is, the upper surface 327 is inclined so as to be positioned downward as it is away from the operator D. A boundary portion between the upper surface 327 and the rear surface 331 is formed to be continuous while being rounded.

 背面331は、主変速レバー311の押し操作がされる際に、手の平P1が主として当接される面である。背面331は、図30に示すように、運転席310側に向けてやや湾曲するように丸みを帯びて形成されると共に、上面327と第1の面324に隣接して形成され、第2の面326の反対側に形成されている。背面331は、図28に示すように、左右中心線Xから右方向に離れるほど後方に位置するように傾斜している。背面331の下端部付近は斜め左後ろ上方を向く略平面状に形成されている。握り部322の運転席310から遠い側の端部、即ち、第2の面326と上面327と背面331との境界部分は、右斜め後方側に向けて略半球状に膨出する形状に形成されている。

The rear surface 331 is a surface on which the palm P1 is mainly abutted when the main transmission lever 311 is pushed. As shown in FIG. 30, the back surface 331 is rounded so as to be slightly curved toward the driver's seat 310, and is formed adjacent to the top surface 327 and the first surface 324, and It is formed on the opposite side of the surface 326. As shown in FIG. 28, the back surface 331 is inclined so as to be positioned rearward as it moves away from the right and left center line X in the right direction. The vicinity of the lower end portion of the back surface 331 is formed in a substantially flat shape facing diagonally left rear upward. The end of the grip portion 322 far from the driver's seat 310, that is, the boundary portion between the second surface 326, the upper surface 327, and the rear surface 331, is formed in a shape that bulges in a substantially hemispherical shape toward the right rear side Has been.

 なお、握り部322には、ロッド321が挿入される部分を避けた位置に不図示の割面が形成されている。握り部322は割面により2つの部材に分割できるようになっている。握り部322を分割すると、握り部322の内部に収納された電気配線345やロッド321のメンテナンスを簡単に行う事ができる。

In addition, the grip part 322 is formed with a split surface (not shown) at a position avoiding the portion where the rod 321 is inserted. The grip portion 322 can be divided into two members by a split surface. When the grip portion 322 is divided, maintenance of the electrical wiring 345 and the rod 321 housed in the grip portion 322 can be easily performed.

 [スイッチの配置について]

 ロッカースイッチ334は、図30乃至図32に示すように、第1の面324上に備えられている。ロッカースイッチ334は、樹脂製の台座335を介して、第1の面324からやや浮かせて取り付けられている。ロッカースイッチ334は、握り部322のうち操縦者Dに近い側の側部に形成されている。ロッカースイッチ334には、一方のノブ334Aと、この一方のノブ334Aに連続して形成された他方のノブ334Bとが備えられている。ロッカースイッチ334は、モーメンタリ式のスイッチであり、一方のノブ334A又は他方のノブ334Bへの押圧が解除されると、中立位置に自動復帰するように構成されている。

[About switch layout]

The rocker switch 334 is provided on the first surface 324 as shown in FIGS. 30 to 32. The rocker switch 334 is attached so as to be slightly lifted from the first surface 324 through a resin base 335. The rocker switch 334 is formed on the side of the grip portion 322 that is closer to the operator D. The rocker switch 334 includes one knob 334A and the other knob 334B formed continuously with the one knob 334A. The rocker switch 334 is a momentary switch, and is configured to automatically return to the neutral position when the pressure on one knob 334A or the other knob 334B is released.

 ロッカースイッチ334は、図30に示すように、少なくとも主変速レバー311を作業領域D2のうちの前側の領域(通常の刈取作業時に使用する領域)に位置させたとき、下方から上方へ向かうにつれて前倒れ傾斜となるように、一方のノブ334Aが他方のノブ334Bよりも上方に位置する状態で配置されている。ロッカースイッチ334は、一方のノブ334Aと他方のノブ334Bの並ぶ方向が切り欠き部325(略三角形)の後方側の頂点を中心とした円周の接線方向(親指tの先端部の揺動軌跡(円弧)の略中央における接線方向)に沿うように傾斜している。つまり、ロッカースイッチ334は、ロッカースイッチ334の傾斜方向が親指tの揺動方向に沿うように配置されている。このため、親指tにより一方のノブ334A又は他方のノブ334Bを操作する動きが楽に行える。また、特に、主変速レバー311を作業領域D2の前側の領域(通常の刈取作業領域)に位置させて手首Lより先がやや前のめりとなっている状態において、ロッカースイッチ334が下方から上方へ向かうにつれて前倒れ傾斜になるように配置されているので、親指tが揺動操作時に無理な姿勢にならず、ロッカースイッチ334の操作がしやすい。

As shown in FIG. 30, the rocker switch 334 moves forward from the lower side toward the upper side when at least the main transmission lever 311 is positioned in the front area (the area used during normal cutting work) of the work area D2. One knob 334A is arranged in a state of being positioned above the other knob 334B so as to fall down. In the rocker switch 334, the direction in which the one knob 334A and the other knob 334B are arranged is a tangential direction of the circumference centered on the rear apex of the notch 325 (substantially triangular) (the swing locus of the tip of the thumb t). It is inclined so as to be along the tangential direction at the approximate center of the arc. That is, the rocker switch 334 is arranged so that the inclination direction of the rocker switch 334 is along the swinging direction of the thumb t. For this reason, the movement which operates one knob 334A or the other knob 334B with thumb t can be performed easily. In particular, in a state where the main transmission lever 311 is positioned in the area on the front side of the work area D2 (ordinary mowing work area) and the front of the wrist L is slightly bent forward, the rocker switch 334 is directed upward from below. Accordingly, the thumb t does not become unreasonable during the swinging operation, and the rocker switch 334 is easy to operate.

 一方のノブ334Aが押圧により揺動されると、刈取部304が上昇される、他方のノブ334Bが押圧により揺動されると、刈取部304が下降される。つまり、ロッカースイッチ334は、一方のノブ334Aを押圧すると、刈取部304に動作の指令を入力し、他方のノブ334Bを押圧すると、刈取部304に一方のノブ334Aが押圧された際の指令とは相反する動作の指令を入力するように構成されている。また、一方のノブ334A又は他方のノブ334Bの押圧を解除すると、刈取部304の昇降が停止される。

When one knob 334A is swung by pressing, the cutting part 304 is raised, and when the other knob 334B is swung by pressing, the cutting part 304 is lowered. That is, when one knob 334A is pressed, the rocker switch 334 inputs an operation command to the cutting unit 304, and when the other knob 334B is pressed, the command when the one knob 334A is pressed to the cutting unit 304 is Are configured to input commands for conflicting operations. Further, when the pressing of the one knob 334A or the other knob 334B is released, the raising and lowering of the cutting unit 304 is stopped.
 また、刈取部304の上昇が、上方に位置するノブ334Aの操作によって実現されると共に、刈取部304の下降が、下方に位置するノブ334Bによって実現される構成であるので、刈取部304の昇降動作とロッカースイッチ334の操作とが感覚的に連係して、素早いノブ334A,334Bの選択と、ノブ334Aとノブ334Bとの選択ミスが生じにくい。
Further, the raising of the cutting unit 304 is realized by the operation of the knob 334A located above, and the lowering of the cutting unit 304 is realized by the knob 334B located below, so that the raising and lowering of the cutting unit 304 is performed. The operation and the operation of the rocker switch 334 are sensuously linked, so that quick selection of the knobs 334A and 334B and a selection mistake between the knob 334A and the knob 334B hardly occur.

 ロッカースイッチ337は、図31に示すように、第2の面326のうち外側膨出部328から下方に少し離れた箇所(上面327からやや遠い位置)に配置されている。つまり、ロッカースイッチ337は、中指mと薬指rを少し曲げると届きにくいが、中指mと薬指rを意識的に伸ばすと充分に届く位置に配置されている。ロッカースイッチ337は、樹脂製の台座338を介して、第2の面326からやや浮かせて取り付けられている。ロッカースイッチ337は、握り部322のうち操縦者Dに遠い側の側部に形成されている。ロッカースイッチ337には、一方のノブ337Aと、この一方のノブ337Aに連続して形成された他方のノブ337Bとが備えられている。

As shown in FIG. 31, the rocker switch 337 is disposed at a position slightly distant from the outer bulging portion 328 on the second surface 326 (a position slightly distant from the upper surface 327). That is, the rocker switch 337 is disposed at a position that is difficult to reach when the middle finger m and the ring finger r are bent slightly, but is sufficiently reached when the middle finger m and the ring finger r are consciously extended. The rocker switch 337 is attached so as to be slightly lifted from the second surface 326 via a resin base 338. The rocker switch 337 is formed on the side of the grip portion 322 that is farther from the operator D. The rocker switch 337 includes one knob 337A and the other knob 337B formed continuously to the one knob 337A.

 ロッカースイッチ337は、図30に示すように、一方のノブ337Aが他方のノブ337Bよりも上方に位置するように傾斜した状態で配置されている。ロッカースイッチ337は、上面327の傾斜方向に沿って傾斜されている。ロッカースイッチ337は、モーメンタリ式のスイッチであり、一方のノブ337A又は他方のノブ337Bへの押圧が解除されると、中立位置に自動復帰するように構成されている。

As shown in FIG. 30, the rocker switch 337 is disposed in an inclined state so that one knob 337A is positioned above the other knob 337B. The rocker switch 337 is inclined along the inclination direction of the upper surface 327. The rocker switch 337 is a momentary switch, and is configured to automatically return to the neutral position when the pressure on one knob 337A or the other knob 337B is released.

 一方のノブ337Aが押圧により揺動されると、掻き込みリール361が上昇される。他方のノブ337Bが押圧により揺動されると、掻き込みリール361が下降される。つまり、ロッカースイッチ337は、一方のノブ337Aを押圧すると、掻き込みリール361に動作の指令を入力し、他方のノブ337Bを押圧すると、掻き込みリール361に一方のノブ337Aが押圧された際の指令とは相反する動作の指令を入力するように構成されている。また、一方のノブ337A又は他方のノブ337Bの押圧を解除すると、掻き込みリール361の昇降が停止される。

When one knob 337A is swung by pressing, the scraping reel 361 is raised. When the other knob 337B is swung by pressing, the scraping reel 361 is lowered. In other words, when one knob 337A is pressed, the rocker switch 337 inputs an operation command to the scraping reel 361, and when the other knob 337B is pressed, when the one knob 337A is pressed against the scraping reel 361. It is configured to input a command for an operation that is contrary to the command. Further, when the pressing of one knob 337A or the other knob 337B is released, the raising and lowering of the scraping reel 361 is stopped.

 また、掻き込みリール361の上昇(操縦者Dの体に近付く動作)が、操縦者Dの体に近い側に位置するノブ337Aの操作によって実現されると共に、掻き込みリール361の下降(操縦者Dの体から離れる動作)が、操縦者Dの体に遠い側に位置するノブ337Bによって実現される構成であるので、掻き込みリール361の昇降動作とロッカースイッチ337の操作とが感覚的に連係して、素早いノブ337A,337Bの選択と、ノブ337Aとノブ337Bとの選択ミスが生じにくい。

Further, the raising of the scraping reel 361 (the operation of approaching the body of the operator D) is realized by the operation of the knob 337A located on the side close to the body of the operator D, and the lowering of the scraping reel 361 (the operator) The operation of moving away from the body of D) is realized by the knob 337B located on the side far from the body of the operator D, so that the raising and lowering operation of the scraping reel 361 and the operation of the rocker switch 337 are sensuously linked. Thus, quick selection of the knobs 337A and 337B and selection mistake between the knobs 337A and 337B are unlikely to occur.

 [主変速レバー311の操作方法について]

 圃場において作業が行われるときは、主変速レバー311が作業領域D2に位置されて操作される。

[How to operate the main transmission lever 311]

When work is performed on the farm field, the main transmission lever 311 is positioned and operated in the work area D2.

 機体を加速する際は、手の平P1で背面331を前方へ押すことにより、主変速レバー311が前方へ押し操作される。この際、親指t、人差し指f、中指m、薬指r、小指pにはあまり力を入れなくともよいので、親指tによるロッカースイッチ334の操作、及び、中指mと薬指rによるロッカースイッチ337の操作が可能となっている。

When accelerating the airframe, the main transmission lever 311 is pushed forward by pushing the back 331 forward with the palm P1. At this time, it is not necessary to apply much force to the thumb t, the index finger f, the middle finger m, the ring finger r, and the little finger p. Therefore, the operation of the rocker switch 334 with the thumb t and the operation of the rocker switch 337 with the middle finger m and the ring finger r. Is possible.

 一方、機体を減速する際は、人差し指f、中指m、薬指r、小指pを第2の面326に引っ掛けて引くことにより、主変速レバー311が後方へ引き操作される。このとき、親指t、中指m、薬指rにはあまり力を入れなくともよいので、親指tによるロッカースイッチ334の操作、及び、中指mと薬指rによるロッカースイッチ337の操作が可能となっている。この際、ロッカースイッチ337が、第2の面326上において、中指mと薬指rを少し曲げると届きにくいが、中指mと薬指rを意識的に伸ばすと届く位置に配置されているので、主変速レバー311の引き操作に伴ってロッカースイッチ337が誤操作されることは防止される。

On the other hand, when decelerating the aircraft, the main transmission lever 311 is pulled backward by hooking the index finger f, middle finger m, ring finger r, and little finger p on the second surface 326 and pulling it. At this time, since it is not necessary to apply much force to the thumb t, the middle finger m, and the ring finger r, it is possible to operate the rocker switch 334 with the thumb t and the rocker switch 337 with the middle finger m and the ring finger r. . At this time, the rocker switch 337 is arranged on the second surface 326 so that it is difficult to reach when the middle finger m and the ring finger r are bent slightly, but is disposed at a position that can be reached when the middle finger m and the ring finger r are consciously extended. It is possible to prevent the rocker switch 337 from being erroneously operated when the shift lever 311 is pulled.

 したがって、主変速レバー311を押し操作又は引き操作して、機体を加速又は減速させながら、ロッカースイッチ334を親指tで操作して刈取部304を昇降させたり、ロッカースイッチ337を中指m及び薬指rで操作して掻き込みリール361を昇降させたりすることができる。

Accordingly, while pushing or pulling the main speed change lever 311, the rocker switch 334 is operated with the thumb t while the body is accelerated or decelerated, and the cutting unit 304 is moved up and down, or the rocker switch 337 is moved with the middle finger m and the ring finger r. The scraping reel 361 can be moved up and down by operating.

 例えば、倒伏した作物を収穫する際には、作物の倒伏状態に応じて、機体の前進速度を減速調整しながら、刈取部304の刈り刃360による作物の茎稈の刈り高さと、掻き込みリール361による刈り取られた茎稈の掻き込み作用高さを適宜に変更することができれば好ましい。本構成の主変速レバー311であれば、このような作業を片手による操作で無理なく行うことができる。

For example, when harvesting a fallen crop, the cutting height of the crop stalk by the cutting blade 360 of the cutting unit 304 and the scraping reel are adjusted while decelerating the forward speed of the aircraft according to the fall state of the crop. It is preferable that the height of the scraping action of the stalks cut by 361 can be appropriately changed. With the main transmission lever 311 having this configuration, such a work can be easily performed by one-handed operation.

 圃場以外の路上における走行と、圃場における作業時の走行と、後進とを切り替える際には、主変速レバー311が、路上走行領域D1と、作業領域D2と、後進領域Rとの間で移動される。

When switching between traveling on a road other than the field, traveling during work on the field, and reverse, the main transmission lever 311 is moved between the road traveling area D1, the work area D2, and the reverse area R. The

 主変速レバー311を、路上走行領域D1から作業領域D2に移動させる際、及び、後進領域Rから作業領域D2に移動させる際には、主変速レバー311を左方向へ押す。この際には、内側膨出部330に人差し指fを引っ掛けることができるので、人差し指fが滑らない。また、外側膨出部328を薬指rと小指pによって握り込むことによって、力を掛けやすくなる。

When moving the main transmission lever 311 from the road traveling area D1 to the work area D2 and when moving the reverse transmission area R to the work area D2, the main transmission lever 311 is pushed leftward. At this time, since the index finger f can be hooked on the inner bulging portion 330, the index finger f does not slip. Moreover, it becomes easy to apply force by grasping the outer bulging portion 328 with the ring finger r and the little finger p.

 主変速レバー311を、作業領域D2から後進領域Rに移動させる際、及び、作業領域D2から路上走行領域D1に移動させる際には、主変速レバー311を右方向へ押す。この際には、切り欠き部325に親指tの付け根を引っ掛けることができるので、親指tが滑ることを防止できる。また、外側膨出部328を薬指rと小指pで握り込むことによって、力を掛けやすくなる。

When the main speed change lever 311 is moved from the work area D2 to the reverse area R and when the main speed change lever 311 is moved from the work area D2 to the road travel area D1, the main speed change lever 311 is pushed rightward. At this time, since the base of the thumb t can be hooked on the notch 325, the thumb t can be prevented from slipping. Moreover, it becomes easy to apply force by grasping the outer bulging portion 328 with the ring finger r and the little finger p.

[第四実施形態の別実施形態]

(1)上述の第四実施形態においては、第2の作業部を、刈取部304を昇降させる油圧シリンダからなる刈取昇降制御部とし、第3の作業部を、掻き込みリール361を昇降させる油圧シリンダからなるリール昇降制御部としたが、これに限られない。例えば、第2の作業部をリール昇降制御部とし、第3の作業部を刈取昇降制御部としてもよい。また、第2の作業部又は第3の作業部を、刈取昇降制御部やリール昇降制御部とは異なる他の作業部としてもよい。

[Another embodiment of the fourth embodiment]

(1) In the above-described fourth embodiment, the second working unit is a cutting lift control unit composed of a hydraulic cylinder that lifts and lowers the cutting unit 304, and the third working unit is a hydraulic pressure that lifts and lowers the scraping reel 361. Although the reel lifting / lowering control unit including a cylinder is used, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the second working unit may be a reel lifting control unit and the third working unit may be a cutting lifting control unit. Further, the second working unit or the third working unit may be another working unit different from the cutting lifting control unit and the reel lifting control unit.

(2)上述の第四実施形態においては、一般的なコンバイン301について述べたが、とうもろこしを収穫するとうもろこし収穫機であってもよい。例えば、図34に示すように、とうもろこし収穫機401には、圃場の作物を収穫する収穫部402と、作物の収穫後に圃場に残った茎稈を粉砕処理する回転チョッパー403と、が備えられている。

(2) In the above-described fourth embodiment, the general combine 301 has been described. However, a corn harvester may be used to harvest corn. For example, as shown in FIG. 34, a corn harvester 401 is provided with a harvesting unit 402 that harvests crops in the field, and a rotating chopper 403 that crushes stalks remaining in the field after harvesting the crops. Yes.
 収穫部402は、油圧シリンダ404の伸縮により揺動支点P2周りに揺動して上下に昇降する。第2の作業部を、収穫部402を昇降させる油圧シリンダ404からなる収穫昇降制御部としている。収穫部402の揺動昇降を、例えば、主変速レバー311に備えられたロッカースイッチ334の操作に基づいて行う構成としてもよい。 The harvesting unit 402 swings around the swing fulcrum P2 by the expansion and contraction of the hydraulic cylinder 404 and moves up and down. The second working unit is a harvesting lift control unit including a hydraulic cylinder 404 that moves the harvesting unit 402 up and down. For example, the harvesting unit 402 may be swung up and down based on an operation of a rocker switch 334 provided in the main transmission lever 311.
 この場合、収穫部402の上昇が、ロッカースイッチ334のうち上方に位置するノブの操作によって実現されると共に、収穫部402の下降が、ロッカースイッチ334のうち下方に位置するノブによって実現される構成にしてもよい。これにより、収穫部402の昇降動作とロッカースイッチ334の操作とが感覚的に連係して、ノブを素早く選択することができ、かつ、ノブの選択ミスが生じにくい。 In this case, the raising of the harvesting unit 402 is realized by operating a knob located above the rocker switch 334, and the lowering of the harvesting unit 402 is realized by a knob located below the rocker switch 334. It may be. Thereby, the raising / lowering operation of the harvesting unit 402 and the operation of the rocker switch 334 are sensuously linked, so that a knob can be selected quickly and a knob selection error is unlikely to occur.
 回転チョッパー403は、機体における左右方向軸芯まわりに揺動昇降自在とされている。回転チョッパー403は、油圧シリンダ405の伸縮により揺動支点P3周りに揺動して上下に昇降する。第3の作業部を、回転チョッパー403を昇降させる油圧シリンダ405からなる回転チョッパー昇降制御部としている。回転チョッパー403の揺動昇降を、例えば、主変速レバー311に備えられたロッカースイッチ337の操作に基づいて行う構成としてもよい。 Rotating chopper 403 is swingable up and down around the left and right axis of the machine body. The rotating chopper 403 swings around the swing fulcrum P3 by the expansion and contraction of the hydraulic cylinder 405 and moves up and down. The third working unit is a rotary chopper lift control unit including a hydraulic cylinder 405 that lifts and lowers the rotary chopper 403. For example, the swing chopper 403 may be moved up and down based on an operation of a rocker switch 337 provided in the main transmission lever 311.
 この場合、回転チョッパー403の上昇(操縦者Dの体に近付く動作)が、ロッカースイッチ337のうち上方(操縦者Dの体に近い側)に位置するノブの操作によって実現されると共に、回転チョッパー403の下降(操縦者Dの体から離れる動作)が、ロッカースイッチ337のうち下方(操縦者Dの体に遠い側)に位置するノブによって実現される構成にしてもよい。これにより、回転チョッパー403の昇降動作とロッカースイッチ337の操作とが感覚的に連係して、ノブを素早く選択することができ、かつ、ノブの選択ミスが生じにくい。 In this case, the rotation of the rotary chopper 403 (operation approaching the operator D's body) is realized by operating a knob located above the rocker switch 337 (side closer to the operator D's body), and the rotary chopper 403 It may be configured that the lowering of 403 (the operation of moving away from the operator D's body) is realized by a knob located below (on the side farther from the operator D's body) of the rocker switch 337. As a result, the lifting / lowering operation of the rotating chopper 403 and the operation of the rocker switch 337 are sensuously linked, so that a knob can be selected quickly and a knob selection error is unlikely to occur.
 なお、ここでは、第2の作業部を、収穫部402を昇降させる油圧シリンダ404からなる収穫昇降制御部とし、第3の作業部を、回転チョッパー403を昇降させる油圧シリンダ405からなる回転チョッパー昇降制御部としたが、第2の作業部を回転チョッパー昇降制御部とし、第3の作業部を収穫昇降制御部としてもよい。 Here, the second working unit is a harvesting lift control unit composed of a hydraulic cylinder 404 that lifts and lowers the harvesting unit 402, and the third working unit is a rotary chopper lifting / lowering composed of a hydraulic cylinder 405 that lifts and lowers the rotary chopper 403. Although it was set as the control part, it is good also considering a 2nd working part as a rotation chopper raising / lowering control part and a 3rd working part as a harvest raising / lowering control part.

(3)上述の第四実施形態においては、握り部322に切り欠き部325を形成しているが、切り欠き部325を形成していない握り部であってもよい。

(3) Although the notch 325 is formed in the grip 322 in the above-described fourth embodiment, a grip not having the notch 325 may be used.

(4)握り部322は、平面視において、第1の面324に沿った方向の幅よりも第2の面326に沿った方向の幅が大きくなるように形成されているものとしたが、平面視において、第2の面326に沿った方向の幅よりも第1の面324に沿った方向の幅が大きくなるように形成されていてもよい。

(4) The grip portion 322 is formed so that the width in the direction along the second surface 326 is larger than the width in the direction along the first surface 324 in plan view. In plan view, the width in the direction along the first surface 324 may be larger than the width in the direction along the second surface 326.

(5)上述の第四実施形態においては、握り部322の上面327は、操縦者Dから離れるほど下方に位置するように傾斜しているものとしたが、これに限られない。上面が略水平な状態で配置されている握り部であってもよい。

(5) In the fourth embodiment described above, the upper surface 327 of the grip portion 322 is inclined so as to be positioned downward as it is farther from the operator D, but is not limited thereto. The grip part arrange | positioned in the state where the upper surface is substantially horizontal may be sufficient.

(6)上述の第四実施形態においては、握り部322に、外側膨出部328、凹入部329、及び、内側膨出部330を形成しているが、外側膨出部328、凹入部329、内側膨出部330が任意に形成されている握り部であってもよい。

(6) In the fourth embodiment described above, the outer bulging portion 328, the recessed portion 329, and the inner bulging portion 330 are formed in the grip portion 322, but the outer bulging portion 328 and the recessed portion 329 are formed. Moreover, the grip part in which the inner side bulging part 330 is formed arbitrarily may be sufficient.

(7)上述の第四実施形態においては、主変速レバー311を案内するレバーガイド350が、運転席310の座面318と略同じ高さ位置に備えられているが、レバーガイド350が、運転席310の座面318と異なった高さ位置に備えられていてもよい。

(7) In the above-described fourth embodiment, the lever guide 350 that guides the main transmission lever 311 is provided at substantially the same height as the seat surface 318 of the driver's seat 310. The seat 310 may be provided at a different height from the seat surface 318.

(8)上述の第四実施形態においては、主変速レバー311の軸部323に、ロッカースイッチ334及びロッカースイッチ337の電気配線345用の挿通孔346と、主変速レバー311を支持するロッド321用の挿通孔347とが設けられているものとしたが、これに限られない。主変速レバー311の外側に電気配線345を取り回したものであってもよい。

(8) In the above-described fourth embodiment, the shaft portion 323 of the main transmission lever 311 has an insertion hole 346 for the electric wiring 345 of the rocker switch 334 and the rocker switch 337, and the rod 321 that supports the main transmission lever 311. However, the present invention is not limited to this. An electric wiring 345 arranged around the main transmission lever 311 may be used.

(9)上述の第四実施形態においては、第1の面324は、平面視において、操縦者Dから離れるほど前方に位置するように傾斜しているものとしたが、第1の面324を、機体の前後方向に略平行な面としてもよい。

(9) In the fourth embodiment described above, the first surface 324 is inclined so as to be positioned forward as it is farther from the operator D in plan view. The surface may be substantially parallel to the longitudinal direction of the aircraft.

(10)上述の第四実施形態においては、握り部322において電気配線345用の挿通孔346とロッド321用の挿通孔347とが重複した状態で設けられているとしたが、電気配線345用の挿通孔346とロッド321用の挿通孔347とが重複せず、独立して設けられたものでもよい。

(10) In the fourth embodiment described above, in the grip portion 322, the insertion hole 346 for the electrical wiring 345 and the insertion hole 347 for the rod 321 are provided in an overlapping state. The insertion hole 346 and the insertion hole 347 for the rod 321 do not overlap and may be provided independently.

(11)上述の第四実施形態においては、握り部322に下端膨出部343が形成されているが、下端膨出部343が形成されていない握り部であってもよい。

(11) In the fourth embodiment described above, the lower end bulging portion 343 is formed in the grip portion 322, but a grip portion in which the lower end bulging portion 343 is not formed may be used.

(12)上述の第四実施形態においては、運転部303にステアリングホイール314が備えられているものを示したが、ステアリングホイール314の代わりに、ステアリングレバー等に他の操向支持具が備えられていてもよい。

(12) In the fourth embodiment described above, the driving unit 303 is provided with the steering wheel 314. However, instead of the steering wheel 314, another steering support is provided on the steering lever or the like. It may be.

(13)上述の第四実施形態においては、刈取部304の上昇がノブ334Aの操作によって実現されると共に、刈取部304の下降がノブ334Bによって実現される構成としたが、これに限られるものではない。例えば、刈取部304の上昇がノブ334Bの操作によって実現されると共に、刈取部304の下降がノブ334Aによって実現される構成逆の構成であっても良い。

(13) In the fourth embodiment described above, the raising of the cutting unit 304 is realized by the operation of the knob 334A, and the lowering of the cutting unit 304 is realized by the knob 334B. However, the present invention is not limited to this. is not. For example, the configuration in which the raising of the cutting unit 304 is realized by the operation of the knob 334B and the lowering of the cutting unit 304 is realized by the knob 334A may be reversed.

(14)上述の第四実施形態においては、掻き込みリール361の上昇がノブ337Aの操作によって実現されると共に、掻き込みリール361の下降がノブ334Bによって実現される構成としたが、これに限られるものではない。例えば、掻き込みリール361の上昇がノブ337Bの操作によって実現されると共に、掻き込みリール361の下降がノブ334Aによって実現される構成であっても良い。

(14) In the above-described fourth embodiment, the raising of the scraping reel 361 is realized by the operation of the knob 337A and the lowering of the scraping reel 361 is realized by the knob 334B. It is not something that can be done. For example, a configuration in which the raising of the scraping reel 361 is realized by the operation of the knob 337B and the lowering of the scraping reel 361 may be realized by the knob 334A.

(15)上述の第四実施形態においては、第1の指令入力手段をロッカースイッチ334とし、第2の指令入力手段をロッカースイッチ337としたが、これに限られない。例えば、第1の指令入力手段や第2の指令入力手段を、それぞれ、相反する動作を指示する2つの押ボタンスイッチとしてもよい。また、第1の指令入力手段や第2の指令入力手段を、それぞれ、短押し操作と長押し操作とによって、2種類の異なる指令を行う1つの押ボタンスイッチとしてもよい。

(15) In the fourth embodiment described above, the first command input means is the rocker switch 334 and the second command input means is the rocker switch 337. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, each of the first command input unit and the second command input unit may be two push button switches for instructing the opposite operations. Further, the first command input means and the second command input means may be a single pushbutton switch that performs two different types of commands by a short press operation and a long press operation, respectively.

(16)上述の第四実施形態においては、操作レバーの一例として主変速レバー311について説明したが、副変速レバーにも本発明を適用できる。

(16) In the fourth embodiment described above, the main transmission lever 311 has been described as an example of the operation lever. However, the present invention can also be applied to the auxiliary transmission lever.

(17)上述の第四実施形態においては、走行部302を複数の車輪により構成した例を示したが、走行部302をクローラ装置により構成してもよい。

(17) In the above-described fourth embodiment, the traveling unit 302 is configured by a plurality of wheels, but the traveling unit 302 may be configured by a crawler device.

(18)上述の第四実施形態においては、主変速レバー311を運転席310の右側に配置した例を示したが、左側に配置していてもよい。

(18) In the fourth embodiment described above, the example in which the main transmission lever 311 is arranged on the right side of the driver's seat 310 is shown, but it may be arranged on the left side.

(19)上述の第四実施形態においては、後輪308を操向輪としているが、前輪307を操向輪としてもよい。

(19) In the fourth embodiment described above, the rear wheel 308 is a steered wheel, but the front wheel 307 may be a steered wheel.
 本発明は、自脱形の脱穀装置を備えたコンバインの他、刈取り穀稈の株元側も穂先側と共に扱室に投入される脱穀装置を備えた普通形のコンバインに装備されるクローラ走行装置に利用可能である。コンバインの他、玉葱や人参など穀稈以外の作物を収穫対象とする収穫機、トラクタ、バックホウ、あるいは運搬車などの作業車に装備されるクローラ走行装置に利用可能である。 The present invention relates to a crawler traveling device equipped in a normal combine having a threshing device that is put into a handling room together with a head side in addition to a combine equipped with a self-throwing threshing device. Is available. In addition to the combine, the present invention can be used for a crawler traveling device mounted on a harvester, a tractor, a backhoe, or a work vehicle such as a transport vehicle that harvests crops other than cereals such as onions and carrots.
 1:クローラ走行装置

 3:機体フレーム

 6:取付部材(補強板)

 6a:雌ねじ

 8:転輪軸

10:刈取り部

11:運転座席

12:脱穀装置

17:ミッションケース

20:トラックフレーム

21:駆動スプロケット

22:テンションスプロケット

23:転輪

26:クローラベルト

25:案内輪

27:クロスビーム

28:クローラガイド

30:進退機構

31:保持ユニット

31a:側板

31b:基台

32:支持ロッド

33:調節ねじ機構

33a:調節ねじ体

33b:第1ねじ体受け部

33c:第2ねじ体受け部

60:取付ユニット

60A:溝形部材

60B:ボス部材

61:側板部

62:底板部

63:案内輪用取付ユニット

63a:ブラケット板
80:ボールベアリング

81:シール部材

82:ブリーダ

90:固定ボルト

91:当て板
106:フィーダ

107:フィーダケース

112:吸塵ファン

113:モータ

114:ブレーカー

115:ファンケース

120:捕捉部材

121:丸棒(棒状部材)

124:スタッドボルト(突状部)

125:ノブナット(締結具)

126:押さえフレーム(押さえ部材)

170:天板

170a:吸塵口
207:唐箕

208:一番回収部

210:シーブケース

211:第一グレンパン(グレンパン)

212:第一篩い線(篩い線、漏下選別部)

213:第二篩い線(篩い線、漏下選別部)
214:第二グレンパン
215:チャフシーブ

221:羽根部材
222:ファンケース
223:第一風路

224:第二風路

232:第三風路
301:コンバイン

308:後輪

310:運転席

311:主変速レバー(操作レバー、変速レバー)

313:レバーボックス

314:ステアリングホイール

318:座面

321:ロッド

322:握り部

323:軸部

324:第1の面

325:切り欠き部

326:第2の面

327:上面

328:外側膨出部

329:凹入部

330:内側膨出部

334:ロッカースイッチ(第1の指令入力手段)

337:ロッカースイッチ(第2の指令入力手段)

343:下端膨出部

345:電気配線

346:挿通孔

347:挿通孔

350:レバーガイド
401:とうもろこし収穫機
402:収穫部
403:回転チョッパー
404:油圧シリンダ(収穫昇降制御部、第2の作業部)
405:油圧シリンダ(回転チョッパー昇降制御部、第3の作業部)

D:操縦者

A:腕

H:手

O:隙間
P:手の平
X1:軸心
t:親指

f:人差し指

m:中指

r:薬指

p:小指
1: Crawler travel device

3: Airframe frame

6: Mounting member (reinforcing plate)

6a: Female thread

8: Roller shaft

10: Cutting part

11: Driver's seat

12: Threshing device

17: Mission case

20: Track frame

21: Drive sprocket

22: Tension sprocket

23: Rolling wheel

26: Crawler belt

25: Guide wheel

27: Cross beam

28: Crawler guide

30: Advance / Retreat Mechanism

31: Holding unit

31a: side plate

31b: base

32: Support rod

33: Adjustment screw mechanism

33a: Adjustment screw body

33b: first screw body receiving portion

33c: Second screw body receiving portion

60: Mounting unit

60A: channel member

60B: Boss member

61: Side plate

62: Bottom plate

63: Guide wheel mounting unit

63a: Bracket plate 80: Ball bearing

81: Seal member

82: Breeder

90: Fixing bolt

91: Placing plate 106: Feeder

107: Feeder case

112: Dust absorption fan

113: Motor

114: Breaker

115: Fan case

120: Capture member

121: Round bar (bar-shaped member)

124: Stud bolt (protruding part)

125: Knob nut (fastener)

126: Holding frame (holding member)

170: Top plate

170a: Dust inlet 207: Karatsu

208: First recovery department

210: Sheave case

211: First Glenpan (Glenpan)

212: First sieve line (sieve line, leakage selection part)

213: Second sieve line (sieve line, leakage selection part)
214: Second Glenpan 215: Chaff Seeb

221: Blade member 222: Fan case 223: First air passage

224: Second wind path

232: Third wind path 301: Combine

308: Rear wheel

310: Driver's seat

311: Main transmission lever (operating lever, transmission lever)

313: Lever box

314: Steering wheel

318: bearing surface

321: Rod

322: Grip part

323: Shaft

324: First surface

325: Notch

326: Second surface

327: Upper surface

328: Outside bulge

329: recessed portion

330: Inside bulge

334: Rocker switch (first command input means)

337: Rocker switch (second command input means)

343: Lower end bulge

345: Electrical wiring

346: Insertion hole

347: insertion hole

350: Lever guide 401: Corn harvester 402: Harvesting unit 403: Rotating chopper 404: Hydraulic cylinder (harvest lifting control unit, second working unit)
405: Hydraulic cylinder (rotary chopper lifting control unit, third working unit)

D: Pilot

A: Arm

H: Hand

O: Clearance P: Palm X1: Axis t: Thumb

f: Index finger

m: Middle finger

r: Ring finger

p: little finger

Claims (61)

  1.  機体前後方向に延びて機体フレームに支持されたトラックフレームと、前記トラックフレームの前部に配置された駆動スプロケットと、前記トラックフレームの後部に配置されたテンションスプロケットと、前記駆動スプロケットと前記テンションスプロケットとにわたって掛け回されたクローラベルトと、前記クローラベルトを対地案内する複数の転輪を備えたクローラ走行装置であって、
     前記トラックフレームに設けられた取付部材に着脱自在に取り付けられる機体前後方向に延びた取付ユニットが備えられ、前記取付ユニットは車体前後方向に並んだ前記転輪を複数単位で軸受け支持しているクローラ走行装置。
    A track frame that extends in the longitudinal direction of the body and is supported by the body frame, a drive sprocket disposed at the front of the track frame, a tension sprocket disposed at the rear of the track frame, the drive sprocket, and the tension sprocket A crawler traveling device comprising a crawler belt wound around and a plurality of wheels for guiding the crawler belt to the ground,
    A crawler provided with a mounting unit extending in the longitudinal direction of the machine body that is detachably mounted on an mounting member provided in the track frame, and the mounting unit supports the rolling wheels arranged in the longitudinal direction of the vehicle body in a plurality of units. Traveling device.
  2.  前記取付ユニットは、機体前後方向に延びるとともに下方に開口した溝形部材と機体前後方向に間隔をあけて配置されたボス部材とからなり、前記溝形部材の底板部が前記取付部材にボルト固定され、前記ボス部材に前記転輪を装着する転輪軸が軸受けされる請求項1に記載のクローラ走行装置。 The mounting unit includes a groove-shaped member that extends in the longitudinal direction of the fuselage and opens downward, and a boss member that is disposed at an interval in the longitudinal direction of the fuselage, and the bottom plate portion of the groove-shaped member is bolted to the mounting member. The crawler traveling device according to claim 1, wherein a wheel shaft for mounting the wheel on the boss member is supported.
  3.  前記取付部材は前記トラックフレームを構成するフレーム体に固定された補強板であり、前記補強板に前記ボルト固定のための雌ねじが形成されている請求項2に記載のクローラ走行装置。 The crawler traveling device according to claim 2, wherein the attachment member is a reinforcing plate fixed to a frame body constituting the track frame, and a female screw for fixing the bolt is formed on the reinforcing plate.
  4.  前記取付部材は、機体前後方向で互いに間隔をあけて配置される複数の取付部材片からなる請求項3に記載のクローラ走行装置。 4. The crawler traveling device according to claim 3, wherein the attachment member includes a plurality of attachment member pieces arranged at intervals in the longitudinal direction of the machine body.
  5.  前記溝形部材は、前記取付部材に接当する底板部と前記底板部の各側縁から延びた左右一対の側板部とからなる横断面U字状の長尺部材であり、前記ボス部材は前記左右一対の側板部に跨って接合されている請求項2から4のいずれか一項に記載のクローラ走行装置。 The groove-shaped member is a long member having a U-shaped cross section composed of a bottom plate part contacting the mounting member and a pair of left and right side plate parts extending from each side edge of the bottom plate part, and the boss member is The crawler traveling device according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein the crawler traveling device is joined across the pair of left and right side plates.
  6.  前記底板部には機体前後方向に間隔をあけてボルト固定用の取付孔が形成されており、前記取付孔の機体前後方向形成間隔の中間に前記ボス部材が接合されている請求項5に記載のクローラ走行装置。 The said baseplate part has the mounting hole for bolt fixation spaced apart in the front-back direction of a body, and the said boss member is joined in the middle of the space | interval formation direction of the said body of the mounting hole. Crawler travel device.
  7.  前記テンションスプロケットの機体前後方向に延びた支持ロッドが前記トラックフレームの延び方向に沿って変位可能に前記トラックフレームに支持され、前記トラックフレームが筒体であり、前記支持ロッドが前記筒体の内側断面に一致またはほぼ一致する外側断面を有し、前記支持ロッドは前記トラックフレームの内面に案内されて前記トラックフレーム内を摺動し、前記取付部材に前記底板部をボルト固定するためのボルトの先端が前記トラックフレーム内に入って前記支持ロッドと干渉しないように、前記取付部材の長さと前記ボルトの長さが設定されている請求項6に記載のクローラ走行装置。 A support rod extending in the longitudinal direction of the tension sprocket is supported by the track frame so as to be displaceable along the direction in which the track frame extends, the track frame is a cylinder, and the support rod is an inner side of the cylinder. The support rod has an outer cross section that coincides with or substantially coincides with the cross section, and the support rod is guided by the inner surface of the track frame to slide in the track frame, and a bolt for fixing the bottom plate portion to the mounting member by bolts. The crawler traveling device according to claim 6, wherein a length of the attachment member and a length of the bolt are set so that a tip does not enter the track frame and interfere with the support rod.
  8.  前記転輪軸は前記ボス部材の両端から突出する突出部を有し、各突出部に前記転輪を構成する転輪ハーフ体が固定されている請求項2から7のいずれか一項に記載のクローラ走行装置。 The said roller shaft has a protrusion part which protrudes from the both ends of the said boss | hub member, The wheel half body which comprises the said roller wheel is being fixed to each protrusion part. Crawler traveling device.
  9.  前記クローラベルトの下側回送ベルト辺を案内する機体前後方向に延びたクローラガイドが前記溝形部材の側板部間に挟まれた姿勢で前記溝形部材にボルト連結されている請求項2から8のいずれか一項に記載のクローラ走行装置。 The crawler guide extending in the longitudinal direction of the machine body for guiding the lower side of the crawler belt is bolted to the groove member in a posture sandwiched between the side plate portions of the groove member. The crawler traveling device according to any one of the above.
  10.  前記クローラベルトの上側回送ベルト辺を案内する案内輪がブラケットを介して前記トラックフレームに取り付けられている請求項1から9のいずれか一項に記載のクローラ走行装置。 The crawler traveling device according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein a guide wheel that guides an upper side of the crawler belt is attached to the track frame via a bracket.
  11.  天板に吸塵口が形成されたフィーダケースを有し、このフィーダケース内で刈取穀稈を搬送するフィーダと、
     前記フィーダケース内の塵埃を前記吸塵口から吸引して外部に排出する吸塵ファンと、
     前記吸塵口に取り付けられ、前記吸塵ファンに向かって流れる穀稈を捕捉する捕捉部材と、を備え、
     前記捕捉部材は、前記吸塵口に亘って互いに交差しないように配置された複数の棒状部材を備える収穫機。
    A feeder case having a dust suction port formed on the top plate, and a feeder that conveys the harvested cereal meal in the feeder case;
    A dust suction fan for sucking the dust in the feeder case from the dust suction port and discharging it to the outside;
    A capturing member attached to the dust suction port and capturing the cereal cake flowing toward the dust suction fan;
    The said capture member is a harvester provided with the some rod-shaped member arrange | positioned so that it may not mutually cross over the said dust suction opening.
  12.  前記複数の棒状部材は、前記フィーダの搬送方向に対して略平行である請求項11に記載の収穫機。 The harvesting machine according to claim 11, wherein the plurality of rod-like members are substantially parallel to a feeding direction of the feeder.
  13.  前記棒状部材は、丸棒である請求項11又は12に記載の収穫機。 The harvesting machine according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the bar-shaped member is a round bar.
  14.  前記吸塵ファンは、左右向きの軸心周りに回転する請求項11から13のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。 The harvesting machine according to any one of claims 11 to 13, wherein the dust suction fan rotates around a left-right axis.
  15.  前記捕捉部材は、前記フィーダケースに対して着脱可能に構成されている請求項11から14のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。 The harvester according to any one of claims 11 to 14, wherein the capturing member is configured to be detachable from the feeder case.
  16.  前記吸塵ファンを覆うファンケースを備え、
     前記フィーダケースの天板と前記ファンケースの下端とで、前記捕捉部材が挟み込み支持されている請求項11から15のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。
    A fan case covering the dust suction fan;
    The harvester according to any one of claims 11 to 15, wherein the capturing member is sandwiched and supported by a top plate of the feeder case and a lower end of the fan case.
  17.  前記天板から上方に突出する突状部を備え、
     前記捕捉部材と前記ファンケースの下端とが、前記突状部に締結具によって共締め連結されている請求項16に記載の収穫機。
    Protruding portion protruding upward from the top plate,
    The harvesting machine according to claim 16, wherein the capturing member and a lower end of the fan case are coupled to the projecting portion by a fastener.
  18.  前記ファンケースの下端を上方から押さえる押さえ部材を備え、
     前記押さえ部材は、前記ファンケース及び前記捕捉部材と共に、前記突状部に前記締結具によって共締め連結されている請求項17に記載の収穫機。
    A holding member that holds down the lower end of the fan case from above,
    The harvesting machine according to claim 17, wherein the pressing member is coupled to the protruding portion by the fastener together with the fan case and the capturing member.
  19.  前記締結具は、蝶ナット又はノブナットである請求項17又は18に記載の収穫機。 The harvesting machine according to claim 17 or 18, wherein the fastener is a wing nut or a knob nut.
  20.  前記吸塵ファンを駆動するモータを備え、
     前記モータ用のブレーカーが、前記吸塵ファンに隣接して備えられている請求項11から19のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。
    A motor for driving the dust suction fan;
    The harvesting machine according to any one of claims 11 to 19, wherein a breaker for the motor is provided adjacent to the dust suction fan.
  21.  脱穀装置を備えた収穫機であって、
     前記脱穀装置のシーブケースにおいてその搬送始端側には、グレンパンが設けられ、
     前記グレンパンの搬送終端部には、篩い線が設けられ、
     前記篩い線は、側面視において略波形状に形成されている収穫機。
    A harvester equipped with a threshing device,
    In the sheave case of the threshing device, on the conveyance start end side, a gren pan is provided,
    A sieve wire is provided at the conveyance terminal portion of the Glen pan,
    The sieving line is a harvesting machine formed in a substantially wave shape in a side view.
  22.  前記篩い線は、側面視において搬送終端側上がりに傾斜している請求項21に記載の収穫機。 The harvester according to claim 21, wherein the sieving line is inclined upward toward the conveyance end in a side view.
  23.  前記グレンパンの搬送終端部には、複数の前記篩い線が設けられ、
     前記複数の篩い線は、前記シーブケースにおいて搬送方向に並設されている請求項21又は22に記載の収穫機。
    A plurality of the sieving lines are provided at the conveyance terminal portion of the Glenpan,
    The harvesting machine according to claim 21 or 22, wherein the plurality of sieve lines are juxtaposed in the conveying direction in the sheave case.
  24.  前記複数の篩い線において、搬送終端側の篩い線は、搬送始端側の篩い線よりも高い位置に設けられている請求項23に記載の収穫機。 24. The harvester according to claim 23, wherein, in the plurality of sieving lines, the sieving line on the conveyance end side is provided at a position higher than the sieving line on the conveyance start end side.
  25.  前記複数の篩い線において、搬送始端側の篩い線の搬送終端側は、搬送終端側の篩い線の搬送始端側よりも高い位置に設けられている請求項23又は24に記載の収穫機。 25. The harvester according to claim 23 or 24, wherein, in the plurality of sieve lines, a conveyance end side of the sieve line on the conveyance start end side is provided at a position higher than a conveyance start end side of the sieve line on the conveyance end side.
  26.  前記複数の篩い線は、側面視において搬送終端側上がりに傾斜し、かつ、その傾斜角度が搬送終端側の篩い線ほど大きい請求項23から25のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。 The harvester according to any one of claims 23 to 25, wherein the plurality of sieving lines are inclined upward in the conveyance end side in a side view, and the inclination angle is larger toward the sieving line on the conveyance end side.
  27.  前記シーブケースにおける前記グレンパンの搬送終端部に選別風を供給する唐箕を備え、
     前記複数の篩い線において搬送方向に隣り合う一方の篩い線の搬送終端部と他方の篩い線の搬送始端部との間には、所定の隙間が形成されている請求項23から26のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。
    A tang that supplies sorting air to the transfer end portion of the grain pan in the sheave case,
    27. The predetermined gap is formed between the conveyance end portion of one sieve line adjacent to the conveyance direction in the plurality of sieve lines and the conveyance start end portion of the other sieve line. The harvester according to one item.
  28.  前記シーブケースにおいて前記篩い線の下方には、チャフシーブが設けられ、
     前記隙間は、平面視において前記チャフシーブの搬送始端側と重複する請求項27に記載の収穫機。
    In the sheave case, a chaff sheave is provided below the sieving line,
    28. The harvester according to claim 27, wherein the gap overlaps with a conveyance start end side of the chaff sheave in a plan view.
  29.  前記シーブケースにおいて前記篩い線の下方には、チャフシーブが設けられ、
     前記複数の篩い線のうち搬送終端側の篩い線は、前記チャフシーブの搬送始端側上方に配置され、かつ、少なくともその一部が、平面視において前記チャフシーブの搬送始端側と重複する請求項23から28のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。
    In the sheave case, a chaff sheave is provided below the sieving line,
    The sieving line on the conveyance end side among the plurality of sieving lines is disposed above the conveyance start end side of the chaff sheave, and at least a part thereof overlaps with the conveyance start end side of the chaff sheave in plan view. The harvester according to any one of 28.
  30.  前記シーブケースの下方には、一番回収部が設けられ、
     前記複数の篩い線のうち搬送終端側の篩い線は、前記一番回収部の上方に配置され、かつ、少なくともその一部が、平面視において前記一番回収部と重複する請求項23から29のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。
    Below the sheave case, a first recovery part is provided,
    The sieving line on the conveyance end side among the plurality of sieving lines is disposed above the first recovery part, and at least a part thereof overlaps the first recovery part in plan view. The harvester according to any one of the above.
  31.  前記篩い線は、少なくともその一部が前記シーブケースの上辺部よりも上方に突出している請求項21から30のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。 The harvesting machine according to any one of claims 21 to 30, wherein at least a part of the sieving line protrudes upward from an upper side portion of the sheave case.
  32.  前記シーブケースにおける前記グレンパンの搬送終端部に選別風を供給する唐箕を備え、
     前記唐箕は、
     前記シーブケースの下部に供給する選別風が流れる第一風路と、
     前記シーブケースの上部に供給する選別風が流れる第二風路と、を備え、
     前記第二風路は、前記シーブケースの搬送始端側に選別風を供給する請求項21から31のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。
    A tang that supplies sorting air to the transfer end portion of the grain pan in the sheave case,
    The Chinese tang is
    A first air passage through which the sorting air supplied to the lower part of the sheave case flows;
    A second air passage through which the sorting air supplied to the upper part of the sheave case flows,
    32. The harvester according to any one of claims 21 to 31, wherein the second air passage supplies a selection air to a conveyance start end side of the sheave case.
  33.  前記グレンパンは、前記シーブケースの搬送始端部のみに設けられている請求項21から32のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。 The harvester according to any one of claims 21 to 32, wherein the Glen pan is provided only at a conveyance start end portion of the sheave case.
  34.  シーブケースと、
     前記シーブケースに選別風を供給する唐箕と、を備え
     前記唐箕は、
     前記シーブケースの下部に供給する選別風が流れる第一風路と、
     前記シーブケースの上部に供給する選別風が流れる第二風路と、を備え、
     前記第二風路は、搬送始端側方向に延びて搬送終端側方向にUターンするように形成され、かつ、前記シーブケースの搬送始端側に選別風を供給する請求項21から33のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。
    With a sheave case,
    The tang which supplies sorting wind to the sheave case, and the tang
    A first air passage through which the sorting air supplied to the lower part of the sheave case flows;
    A second air passage through which the sorting air supplied to the upper part of the sheave case flows,
    34. The method according to claim 21, wherein the second air passage is formed so as to extend in the direction of the conveyance start end and to make a U-turn in the direction of the conveyance end side, and supplies the sorting air to the conveyance start end side of the sheave case. The harvester according to one item.
  35.  前記唐箕は、
     平面視において搬送直交方向の軸心周りに回転可能な羽根部材と、
     前記羽根部材を覆うファンケースと、を備え、
     前記第二風路は、前記ファンケースの搬送始端側上部と連通されている請求項34に記載の収穫機。
    The Chinese tang is
    A blade member rotatable around an axis in a direction perpendicular to the conveyance direction in plan view;
    A fan case covering the blade member,
    35. The harvester according to claim 34, wherein the second air passage is in communication with an upper part of the fan case on the conveyance start end side.
  36.  前記シーブケースには、前記第二風路からの選別風が流れる第三風路が形成されている請求項34又は35に記載の収穫機。 36. The harvester according to claim 34 or 35, wherein the sheave case is formed with a third air passage through which the selected air from the second air passage flows.
  37.  前記第三風路の入口部は、前記シーブケースの搬送始端側縦壁に設けられている請求項36に記載の収穫機。 37. The harvester according to claim 36, wherein the inlet portion of the third air passage is provided on a vertical wall at the conveyance start end side of the sheave case.
  38.  前記第三風路の入口部は、前記シーブケースの搬送始端側下壁に設けられている請求項36又は請求項37に記載の収穫機。 38. The harvester according to claim 36 or claim 37, wherein an inlet portion of the third air passage is provided on a lower wall at a conveyance start end side of the sheave case.
  39.  シーブケースと、
     前記シーブケースに選別風を供給する唐箕と、を備え、
     前記シーブケースには、
     その搬送始端側に設けられる第一グレンパンと、
     前記第一グレンパンの下方に設けられる第二グレンパンと、
     前記第一グレンパンの搬送終端部に設けられる漏下選別部と、
     前記第二グレンパンの搬送終端側方に設けられるチャフシーブと、が備えられ、
     前記漏下選別部は、前記第二グレンパンの上方で、かつ、前記チャフシーブの上方に配置されている請求項21から33のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。
    With a sheave case,
    And Kara for supplying sorting wind to the sheave case,
    In the sheave case,
    A first gren pan provided on the conveying start end side;
    A second Glenpan provided below the first Glenpan;
    A leakage selection unit provided at a conveyance terminal portion of the first Glen pan;
    A chaff sheave provided on the conveyance end side of the second Glen pan,
    The harvesting machine according to any one of claims 21 to 33, wherein the leakage sorting unit is disposed above the second Glen pan and above the chaff sheave.
  40.  前記第二グレンパンと前記チャフシーブとが、略同じ高さに配置されている請求項39に記載の収穫機。 40. The harvester according to claim 39, wherein the second gren pan and the chaff sheave are arranged at substantially the same height.
  41.  前記チャフシーブは、側面視において搬送終端側上がりに傾斜している請求項39又は40に記載の収穫機。 41. The harvester according to claim 39 or 40, wherein the chaff sheave is inclined upward in the conveyance end side in a side view.
  42.  第1の作業部と、前記第1の作業部とは異なる第2の作業部と、前記第1の作業部および前記第2の作業部とは異なる第3の作業部とが備えられ、
     運転席の近傍に、前記第1の作業部に対して動作を指令可能な操作レバーが備えられ、
     前記操作レバーに、操縦者の親指を位置させる第1の面と、前記第1の面とは異なる面であって、親指以外の4指を位置させる第2の面とが形成された握り部が備えられ、
     前記第1の面上に、前記第2の作業部に対して相反する動作を指令可能であると共に、前記第1の面に沿わせながら、付け根まわりに親指を揺動させて、相反する動作の指令を入力する第1の指令入力手段が備えられ、
     前記第2の面上に、前記第3の作業部に対して相反する動作を指令可能であると共に、親指以外の4指のいずれかによる押し操作により相反する動作の指令を入力する第2の指令入力手段が備えられた収穫機。
    A first working unit; a second working unit different from the first working unit; and a third working unit different from the first working unit and the second working unit;
    In the vicinity of the driver's seat, an operation lever capable of commanding the operation to the first working unit is provided,
    A grip portion in which a first surface on which the operator's thumb is positioned and a second surface that is different from the first surface and on which four fingers other than the thumb are positioned are formed on the operation lever. Is provided,
    On the first surface, it is possible to command a reciprocal operation with respect to the second working unit, and a reciprocal operation is performed by swinging the thumb around the base while being along the first surface. First command input means for inputting the command is provided,
    On the second surface, it is possible to command a contradictory operation to the third working unit, and to input a contradictory operation command by a pressing operation with any of four fingers other than the thumb. Harvester equipped with command input means.
  43.  前記第1の指令入力手段は、ロッカースイッチである請求項42に記載の収穫機。 43. The harvester according to claim 42, wherein the first command input means is a rocker switch.
  44.  前記第2の指令入力手段は、ロッカースイッチである請求項42又は43に記載の収穫機。 44. The harvester according to claim 42 or 43, wherein the second command input means is a rocker switch.
  45.  前記握り部に、前記第1の面および前記第2の面とは異なる面であって、操縦者の手の平を載置する上面が形成され、前記第1の指令入力手段は、握り部のうち操縦者に近い側の側部に形成され、前記第2の指令入力手段は、握り部のうち操縦者から遠い側の側部に形成されている請求項42から44のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。 The grip portion is formed with a top surface that is different from the first surface and the second surface and on which the palm of the operator is placed, and the first command input means includes: 45. The device according to any one of claims 42 to 44, wherein the second command input means is formed on a side portion of the grip portion that is farther from the operator, and is formed on a side portion closer to the driver. Harvesting machine.
  46.  前記第2の指令入力手段は、操縦者から離れるほど下方に位置するよう傾斜した状態で配設されている請求項45に記載の収穫機。 46. The harvester according to claim 45, wherein the second command input means is disposed in an inclined state so as to be positioned downward as it is farther from the operator.
  47.  前記上面は、操縦者から離れるほど下方に位置するように傾斜している請求項45又は46に記載の収穫機。 47. The harvester according to claim 45 or 46, wherein the upper surface is inclined so as to be positioned downward as the distance from the operator increases.
  48.  前記第2の指令入力手段は、前記上面の向きに沿って配設されている請求項45から47のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。 48. The harvester according to any one of claims 45 to 47, wherein the second command input means is disposed along the direction of the upper surface.
  49.  前記第2の面は、平面視において、操縦者から離れるほど後方に位置するように傾斜している請求項45から48のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。 49. The harvester according to any one of claims 45 to 48, wherein the second surface is inclined so as to be positioned rearward as it is farther from the operator in plan view.
  50.  前記第1の面は、平面視において、操縦者から離れるほど前方に位置するように傾斜している請求項45から49のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。 The harvester according to any one of claims 45 to 49, wherein the first surface is inclined so as to be positioned forward as the distance from the operator increases in plan view.
  51.  前記第1の作業部は、走行トランスミッションの変速装置であり、
     前記操作レバーは、前記変速装置に対して変速動作を指令可能な変速レバーである請求項42から50のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。
    The first working unit is a transmission of a traveling transmission;
    51. The harvester according to any one of claims 42 to 50, wherein the operation lever is a shift lever capable of instructing a shift operation to the transmission.
  52.  前記変速レバーが、主変速レバーである請求項51に記載の収穫機。 52. The harvester according to claim 51, wherein the shift lever is a main shift lever.
  53.  前記第2の作業部または前記第3の作業部は、刈取部を昇降させる刈取昇降制御部または前記刈取部に備えられた掻き込みリールを昇降させるリール昇降制御部である請求項42から52のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。 53. The second working unit or the third working unit is a cutting lift control unit that lifts and lowers a cutting unit or a reel lifting control unit that lifts and lowers a scraping reel provided in the cutting unit. The harvester according to any one of the above.
  54.  前記第2の作業部は、刈取部を昇降させる刈取昇降制御部である請求項42から53のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。 The harvesting machine according to any one of claims 42 to 53, wherein the second working unit is a cutting lifting control unit that lifts and lowers the cutting unit.
  55.  前記第2の作業部は、圃場の作物を収穫する収穫部を昇降させる収穫昇降制御部である請求項42から53のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。 The harvesting machine according to any one of claims 42 to 53, wherein the second working unit is a harvesting lifting control unit that lifts and lowers a harvesting unit that harvests crops in a field.
  56.  前記第3の作業部は、掻き込みリールを昇降させるリール昇降制御部である請求項42から55のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。 The harvesting machine according to any one of claims 42 to 55, wherein the third working unit is a reel lifting control unit that lifts and lowers the scraping reel.
  57.  前記第3の作業部は、作物の収穫後に圃場に残った茎稈を粉砕処理する回転チョッパーを昇降させる回転チョッパー昇降制御部である請求項42から55のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。 56. The harvester according to any one of claims 42 to 55, wherein the third working unit is a rotary chopper elevating control unit that elevates and lowers a rotary chopper that crushes stalks remaining in the field after the crop is harvested.
  58.  前記操作レバーを案内するレバーガイドが、運転席の座面と略同じ高さ位置に備えられている請求項42から57のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。 58. The harvester according to any one of claims 42 to 57, wherein a lever guide for guiding the operation lever is provided at a height position substantially the same as a seat surface of a driver's seat.
  59.  前記操作レバーが、運転席の右側に備えられている請求項42から58のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。 The harvesting machine according to any one of claims 42 to 58, wherein the operation lever is provided on a right side of a driver's seat.
  60.  前記第1の作業部は、走行トランスミッションの変速装置であり、
     前輪と後輪とを備え、
     前記走行トランスミッションは、前記前輪および前記後輪を駆動する請求項42から59のいずれか一項に記載の収穫機。
    The first working unit is a transmission of a traveling transmission;
    With front and rear wheels,
    60. The harvester according to any one of claims 42 to 59, wherein the traveling transmission drives the front wheels and the rear wheels.
  61.  前記後輪が操向輪であり、
     前記後輪を操向操作するステアリングホイールが備えられている請求項60に記載の収穫機。
    The rear wheel is a steering wheel;
    61. The harvester according to claim 60, further comprising a steering wheel that steers the rear wheel.
PCT/JP2013/067519 2012-07-10 2013-06-26 Tracked running gear device and harvester WO2014010422A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010966601.3A CN112136512B (en) 2012-07-10 2013-06-26 Crawler travel device and harvester
CN201380036774.3A CN104411155B (en) 2012-07-10 2013-06-26 Crawler travel device and harvester

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012154770A JP5937444B2 (en) 2012-07-10 2012-07-10 Threshing device
JP2012-154770 2012-07-10
JP2012-174316 2012-08-06
JP2012174316A JP2014030408A (en) 2012-08-06 2012-08-06 Combine harvester
JP2012-283346 2012-12-26
JP2012283346A JP5901511B2 (en) 2012-12-26 2012-12-26 Normal combine
JP2013016049A JP2014144759A (en) 2013-01-30 2013-01-30 Crawler traveling device
JP2013-016049 2013-01-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014010422A1 true WO2014010422A1 (en) 2014-01-16

Family

ID=49915886

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2013/067519 WO2014010422A1 (en) 2012-07-10 2013-06-26 Tracked running gear device and harvester

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (6) CN106105549B (en)
WO (1) WO2014010422A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108207303A (en) * 2018-03-13 2018-06-29 郑世杰 Maize harvesting machine
US20210315163A1 (en) * 2018-09-07 2021-10-14 Roy BREWIN Crop dust separation system

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108156937A (en) * 2018-01-10 2018-06-15 王友芳 Combine harvester
CN108966820A (en) * 2018-08-15 2018-12-11 郭淑华 A kind of new energy crops harvester
CN109526363A (en) * 2018-12-28 2019-03-29 河南科技大学 A kind of Carrot Seed combined harvester
US20230322313A1 (en) * 2020-09-07 2023-10-12 Metal Testing Pty Ltd A Track Guide Assembly
CN114711021B (en) * 2021-05-17 2023-06-20 山东登海种业股份有限公司 Straw collecting assembly, device and process of corn combine harvester

Citations (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS59140979U (en) * 1983-03-11 1984-09-20 株式会社クボタ Crawler type traveling device
JPS60149479U (en) * 1984-03-16 1985-10-04 株式会社クボタ Crawler traveling device
JPS61282018A (en) * 1985-06-10 1986-12-12 井関農機株式会社 Operation apparatus of combine
JPH01138874U (en) * 1988-03-17 1989-09-21
JPH0143526Y2 (en) * 1983-11-15 1989-12-18
JPH07250559A (en) * 1995-02-27 1995-10-03 Iseki & Co Ltd Threshing and selecting device
JPH10215657A (en) * 1997-02-10 1998-08-18 Kubota Corp Sorting part structure for threshing device
JPH10297550A (en) * 1997-04-30 1998-11-10 Komatsu Ltd Bogie type lower wheel for crawler type vehicle
JP2003174815A (en) * 2001-12-11 2003-06-24 Iseki & Co Ltd General purpose combine harvester
JP2003285775A (en) * 2002-03-28 2003-10-07 Yanmar Agricult Equip Co Ltd Combine
JP2003312558A (en) * 2002-04-25 2003-11-06 Seirei Ind Co Ltd Crawler type traveling device
JP2004017923A (en) * 2002-06-20 2004-01-22 Yanmar Agricult Equip Co Ltd Travel vehicle
JP2004097230A (en) * 2003-11-20 2004-04-02 Yanmar Agricult Equip Co Ltd Combine harvester
JP2008043264A (en) * 2006-08-17 2008-02-28 Kubota Corp Structure of sorting part of thresher
JP2008072975A (en) * 2006-09-22 2008-04-03 Iseki & Co Ltd Operation device of combine
JP2009171919A (en) * 2008-01-28 2009-08-06 Mitsubishi Agricult Mach Co Ltd Grain separator of thresher
JP2010083159A (en) * 2008-09-29 2010-04-15 Kubota Corp Crawler type travel device
JP2012115161A (en) * 2010-11-29 2012-06-21 Iseki & Co Ltd General-purpose combine harvester

Family Cites Families (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS59140979A (en) * 1983-01-31 1984-08-13 Kitamura Gokin Seisakusho:Kk Combination faucet fitted with thermostat
JPS60138160A (en) * 1983-12-26 1985-07-22 株式会社ナカ技術研究所 Auxiliary cap apparatus
JPS60149479A (en) * 1984-01-17 1985-08-06 Nippon Keizai Shinbunsha:Kk Information recording device
JP2529744B2 (en) * 1989-12-25 1996-09-04 株式会社クボタ Oscillating sorting device of threshing device
JPH078097A (en) * 1993-06-29 1995-01-13 Kubota Corp Sorter structure for thresher
JPH09193850A (en) * 1996-01-19 1997-07-29 Seirei Ind Co Ltd Travel device for combine
JPH1128014A (en) * 1997-07-11 1999-02-02 Iseki & Co Ltd Grain culm-carrying apparatus of combine harvester
JPH11217090A (en) * 1998-02-02 1999-08-10 Mitsubishi Agricult Mach Co Ltd Crawler travel gear of mobile agricultural machine
CN2448680Y (en) * 2000-11-17 2001-09-19 陆继东 Inner wheel type caterpillar
JP3817172B2 (en) * 2001-12-18 2006-08-30 ヤンマー農機株式会社 Threshing device
JP3795818B2 (en) * 2002-03-27 2006-07-12 株式会社クボタ Crawler type traveling device
JP3917470B2 (en) * 2002-06-14 2007-05-23 株式会社クボタ Crawler type traveling device and method for adapting crawler type traveling device to field
JP2005080503A (en) * 2003-09-04 2005-03-31 Ajinomoto Co Inc METHOD FOR PRODUCING gamma-D-GLUTAMYL COMPOUND
JP2005216890A (en) * 2004-01-27 2005-08-11 Yamaha Motor Co Ltd Mounting machine and method for assisting part recognition in the same
KR100657436B1 (en) * 2004-02-06 2006-12-14 가부시끼 가이샤 구보다 Combine harvester
JP4417268B2 (en) * 2005-02-03 2010-02-17 株式会社クボタ Combine harvester lifting structure
JP2007020419A (en) * 2005-07-12 2007-02-01 Kubota Corp Separation structure of threshing apparatus
JP2007151439A (en) * 2005-12-02 2007-06-21 Kubota Corp Raking reel of combine harvester
JP4638848B2 (en) * 2006-08-17 2011-02-23 株式会社クボタ Threshing device
JP4894555B2 (en) * 2007-02-27 2012-03-14 井関農機株式会社 Threshing device
JP2009196696A (en) * 2008-02-25 2009-09-03 Toyo Seikan Kaisha Ltd Inner plug and cap with inner plug
WO2009144990A1 (en) * 2008-05-27 2009-12-03 株式会社クボタ Threshing apparatus
CN101933431B (en) * 2009-03-03 2013-10-09 株式会社久保田 Combine harvester
JP2010264834A (en) * 2009-05-13 2010-11-25 Kubota Corp Crawler type traveling device for combine
JP4787894B2 (en) * 2009-07-23 2011-10-05 日精樹脂工業株式会社 Mold thickness adjustment method for toggle type mold clamping device
JP5451431B2 (en) * 2010-02-01 2014-03-26 株式会社クボタ Crawler travel device
JP2011214501A (en) * 2010-03-31 2011-10-27 Chugoku Electric Power Co Inc:The Gland steam condenser
JP5227378B2 (en) * 2010-08-24 2013-07-03 株式会社クボタ Combine dust remover

Patent Citations (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS59140979U (en) * 1983-03-11 1984-09-20 株式会社クボタ Crawler type traveling device
JPH0143526Y2 (en) * 1983-11-15 1989-12-18
JPS60149479U (en) * 1984-03-16 1985-10-04 株式会社クボタ Crawler traveling device
JPS61282018A (en) * 1985-06-10 1986-12-12 井関農機株式会社 Operation apparatus of combine
JPH01138874U (en) * 1988-03-17 1989-09-21
JPH07250559A (en) * 1995-02-27 1995-10-03 Iseki & Co Ltd Threshing and selecting device
JPH10215657A (en) * 1997-02-10 1998-08-18 Kubota Corp Sorting part structure for threshing device
JPH10297550A (en) * 1997-04-30 1998-11-10 Komatsu Ltd Bogie type lower wheel for crawler type vehicle
JP2003174815A (en) * 2001-12-11 2003-06-24 Iseki & Co Ltd General purpose combine harvester
JP2003285775A (en) * 2002-03-28 2003-10-07 Yanmar Agricult Equip Co Ltd Combine
JP2003312558A (en) * 2002-04-25 2003-11-06 Seirei Ind Co Ltd Crawler type traveling device
JP2004017923A (en) * 2002-06-20 2004-01-22 Yanmar Agricult Equip Co Ltd Travel vehicle
JP2004097230A (en) * 2003-11-20 2004-04-02 Yanmar Agricult Equip Co Ltd Combine harvester
JP2008043264A (en) * 2006-08-17 2008-02-28 Kubota Corp Structure of sorting part of thresher
JP2008072975A (en) * 2006-09-22 2008-04-03 Iseki & Co Ltd Operation device of combine
JP2009171919A (en) * 2008-01-28 2009-08-06 Mitsubishi Agricult Mach Co Ltd Grain separator of thresher
JP2010083159A (en) * 2008-09-29 2010-04-15 Kubota Corp Crawler type travel device
JP2012115161A (en) * 2010-11-29 2012-06-21 Iseki & Co Ltd General-purpose combine harvester

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108207303A (en) * 2018-03-13 2018-06-29 郑世杰 Maize harvesting machine
CN108207303B (en) * 2018-03-13 2019-10-15 郑世杰 Maize harvesting machine
US20210315163A1 (en) * 2018-09-07 2021-10-14 Roy BREWIN Crop dust separation system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN106105549B (en) 2019-09-27
CN112136512A (en) 2020-12-29
CN106105579A (en) 2016-11-16
CN112136513A (en) 2020-12-29
CN112136512B (en) 2024-03-01
CN107347383B (en) 2020-10-09
CN106105549A (en) 2016-11-16
CN104411155A (en) 2015-03-11
CN106105579B (en) 2020-01-17
CN107347383A (en) 2017-11-17
CN104411155B (en) 2017-09-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2014010422A1 (en) Tracked running gear device and harvester
KR101345045B1 (en) Combine and threshing device mountable on the combine
JP5984619B2 (en) Combined hydraulic cylinder connection structure
JP4892960B2 (en) Combine
JP4968377B2 (en) Combine
JP2004344053A (en) Combine harvester
JP2000342049A (en) Reaping device for combine harvester
JP4635546B2 (en) Combine
JP4413187B2 (en) Threshing device sorting structure
JP5626626B2 (en) Combine
JP4126396B2 (en) Combine
JP6715890B2 (en) All culm type combine
JP4138450B2 (en) Combine
JP2023047044A (en) combine
JP2023094884A (en) harvester
JP4968396B2 (en) Combine
JP2005087066A (en) Cover for raising device of combine harvester
JP5212563B2 (en) Combine
JP2004135576A (en) Apparatus for rotating raising part for combine harvester
JP5231945B2 (en) Combine weed structure
JP2020099275A (en) combine
JP5790064B2 (en) Combine
JP5341476B2 (en) Combine harvesting and conveying structure
JP2013252100A (en) Combine harvester
JP2007267756A (en) Threshing device of combine harvester

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13816445

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13816445

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1